ASTContext.cpp revision 1599eac40a3b28de0824013dc2fb90551dfa01b0
1//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements the ASTContext interface. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 15#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 16#include "clang/AST/CommentCommandTraits.h" 17#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 18#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 19#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 20#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 21#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 23#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 24#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h" 25#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" 26#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 30#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 31#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" 32#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" 33#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 34#include "llvm/Support/Capacity.h" 35#include "CXXABI.h" 36#include <map> 37 38using namespace clang; 39 40unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors; 41unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared; 42unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors; 43unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared; 44unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructors; 45unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared; 46unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators; 47unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 48unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators; 49unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 50unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors; 51unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared; 52 53enum FloatingRank { 54 HalfRank, FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank 55}; 56 57RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(const Decl *D) const { 58 if (!CommentsLoaded && ExternalSource) { 59 ExternalSource->ReadComments(); 60 CommentsLoaded = true; 61 } 62 63 assert(D); 64 65 // User can not attach documentation to implicit declarations. 66 if (D->isImplicit()) 67 return NULL; 68 69 // User can not attach documentation to implicit instantiations. 70 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 71 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 72 return NULL; 73 } 74 75 // TODO: handle comments for function parameters properly. 76 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) 77 return NULL; 78 79 // TODO: we could look up template parameter documentation in the template 80 // documentation. 81 if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D) || 82 isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D) || 83 isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D)) 84 return NULL; 85 86 ArrayRef<RawComment *> RawComments = Comments.getComments(); 87 88 // If there are no comments anywhere, we won't find anything. 89 if (RawComments.empty()) 90 return NULL; 91 92 // Find declaration location. 93 // For Objective-C declarations we generally don't expect to have multiple 94 // declarators, thus use declaration starting location as the "declaration 95 // location". 96 // For all other declarations multiple declarators are used quite frequently, 97 // so we use the location of the identifier as the "declaration location". 98 SourceLocation DeclLoc; 99 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(D) || 100 isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D) || 101 isa<RedeclarableTemplateDecl>(D) || 102 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) 103 DeclLoc = D->getLocStart(); 104 else 105 DeclLoc = D->getLocation(); 106 107 // If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we 108 // can't find the comment. 109 if (DeclLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclLoc.isFileID()) 110 return NULL; 111 112 // Find the comment that occurs just after this declaration. 113 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator Comment; 114 { 115 // When searching for comments during parsing, the comment we are looking 116 // for is usually among the last two comments we parsed -- check them 117 // first. 118 RawComment CommentAtDeclLoc(SourceMgr, SourceRange(DeclLoc)); 119 BeforeThanCompare<RawComment> Compare(SourceMgr); 120 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator MaybeBeforeDecl = RawComments.end() - 1; 121 bool Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); 122 if (!Found && RawComments.size() >= 2) { 123 MaybeBeforeDecl--; 124 Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); 125 } 126 127 if (Found) { 128 Comment = MaybeBeforeDecl + 1; 129 assert(Comment == std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), 130 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare)); 131 } else { 132 // Slow path. 133 Comment = std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), 134 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare); 135 } 136 } 137 138 // Decompose the location for the declaration and find the beginning of the 139 // file buffer. 140 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DeclLocDecomp = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(DeclLoc); 141 142 // First check whether we have a trailing comment. 143 if (Comment != RawComments.end() && 144 (*Comment)->isDocumentation() && (*Comment)->isTrailingComment() && 145 (isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<VarDecl>(D))) { 146 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentBeginDecomp 147 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getBegin()); 148 // Check that Doxygen trailing comment comes after the declaration, starts 149 // on the same line and in the same file as the declaration. 150 if (DeclLocDecomp.first == CommentBeginDecomp.first && 151 SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclLocDecomp.first, DeclLocDecomp.second) 152 == SourceMgr.getLineNumber(CommentBeginDecomp.first, 153 CommentBeginDecomp.second)) { 154 return *Comment; 155 } 156 } 157 158 // The comment just after the declaration was not a trailing comment. 159 // Let's look at the previous comment. 160 if (Comment == RawComments.begin()) 161 return NULL; 162 --Comment; 163 164 // Check that we actually have a non-member Doxygen comment. 165 if (!(*Comment)->isDocumentation() || (*Comment)->isTrailingComment()) 166 return NULL; 167 168 // Decompose the end of the comment. 169 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentEndDecomp 170 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getEnd()); 171 172 // If the comment and the declaration aren't in the same file, then they 173 // aren't related. 174 if (DeclLocDecomp.first != CommentEndDecomp.first) 175 return NULL; 176 177 // Get the corresponding buffer. 178 bool Invalid = false; 179 const char *Buffer = SourceMgr.getBufferData(DeclLocDecomp.first, 180 &Invalid).data(); 181 if (Invalid) 182 return NULL; 183 184 // Extract text between the comment and declaration. 185 StringRef Text(Buffer + CommentEndDecomp.second, 186 DeclLocDecomp.second - CommentEndDecomp.second); 187 188 // There should be no other declarations or preprocessor directives between 189 // comment and declaration. 190 if (Text.find_first_of(",;{}#@") != StringRef::npos) 191 return NULL; 192 193 return *Comment; 194} 195 196namespace { 197/// If we have a 'templated' declaration for a template, adjust 'D' to 198/// refer to the actual template. 199const Decl *adjustDeclToTemplate(const Decl *D) { 200 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 201 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 202 D = FTD; 203 } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 204 if (const ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 205 D = CTD; 206 } 207 // FIXME: Alias templates? 208 return D; 209} 210} // unnamed namespace 211 212const RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForAnyRedecl( 213 const Decl *D, 214 const Decl **OriginalDecl) const { 215 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); 216 217 // Check whether we have cached a comment for this declaration already. 218 { 219 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos = 220 RedeclComments.find(D); 221 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { 222 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; 223 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { 224 if (OriginalDecl) 225 *OriginalDecl = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); 226 return Raw.getRaw(); 227 } 228 } 229 } 230 231 // Search for comments attached to declarations in the redeclaration chain. 232 const RawComment *RC = NULL; 233 const Decl *OriginalDeclForRC = NULL; 234 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(), 235 E = D->redecls_end(); 236 I != E; ++I) { 237 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos = 238 RedeclComments.find(*I); 239 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { 240 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; 241 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { 242 RC = Raw.getRaw(); 243 OriginalDeclForRC = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); 244 break; 245 } 246 } else { 247 RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(*I); 248 OriginalDeclForRC = *I; 249 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; 250 if (RC) { 251 Raw.setRaw(RC); 252 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromDecl); 253 } else 254 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl); 255 Raw.setOriginalDecl(*I); 256 RedeclComments[*I] = Raw; 257 if (RC) 258 break; 259 } 260 } 261 262 // If we found a comment, it should be a documentation comment. 263 assert(!RC || RC->isDocumentation()); 264 265 if (OriginalDecl) 266 *OriginalDecl = OriginalDeclForRC; 267 268 // Update cache for every declaration in the redeclaration chain. 269 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; 270 Raw.setRaw(RC); 271 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromRedecl); 272 Raw.setOriginalDecl(OriginalDeclForRC); 273 274 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(), 275 E = D->redecls_end(); 276 I != E; ++I) { 277 RawCommentAndCacheFlags &R = RedeclComments[*I]; 278 if (R.getKind() == RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) 279 R = Raw; 280 } 281 282 return RC; 283} 284 285comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getCommentForDecl(const Decl *D) const { 286 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); 287 const Decl *Canonical = D->getCanonicalDecl(); 288 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, comments::FullComment *>::iterator Pos = 289 ParsedComments.find(Canonical); 290 if (Pos != ParsedComments.end()) 291 return Pos->second; 292 293 const Decl *OriginalDecl; 294 const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D, &OriginalDecl); 295 if (!RC) 296 return NULL; 297 298 if (D != OriginalDecl) 299 return getCommentForDecl(OriginalDecl); 300 301 comments::FullComment *FC = RC->parse(*this, D); 302 ParsedComments[Canonical] = FC; 303 return FC; 304} 305 306void 307ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, 308 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) { 309 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth()); 310 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition()); 311 ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack()); 312 313 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters(); 314 ID.AddInteger(Params->size()); 315 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 316 PEnd = Params->end(); 317 P != PEnd; ++P) { 318 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) { 319 ID.AddInteger(0); 320 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack()); 321 continue; 322 } 323 324 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 325 ID.AddInteger(1); 326 ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack()); 327 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 328 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 329 ID.AddBoolean(true); 330 ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes()); 331 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 332 QualType T = NTTP->getExpansionType(I); 333 ID.AddPointer(T.getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 334 } 335 } else 336 ID.AddBoolean(false); 337 continue; 338 } 339 340 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P); 341 ID.AddInteger(2); 342 Profile(ID, TTP); 343 } 344} 345 346TemplateTemplateParmDecl * 347ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 348 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const { 349 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter. 350 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 351 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP); 352 void *InsertPos = 0; 353 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical 354 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 355 if (Canonical) 356 return Canonical->getParam(); 357 358 // Build a canonical template parameter list. 359 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters(); 360 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams; 361 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size()); 362 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 363 PEnd = Params->end(); 364 P != PEnd; ++P) { 365 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) 366 CanonParams.push_back( 367 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 368 SourceLocation(), 369 SourceLocation(), 370 TTP->getDepth(), 371 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false, 372 TTP->isParameterPack())); 373 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP 374 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 375 QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType()); 376 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 377 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param; 378 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 379 SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes; 380 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos; 381 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 382 ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I))); 383 ExpandedTInfos.push_back( 384 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back())); 385 } 386 387 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 388 SourceLocation(), 389 SourceLocation(), 390 NTTP->getDepth(), 391 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 392 T, 393 TInfo, 394 ExpandedTypes.data(), 395 ExpandedTypes.size(), 396 ExpandedTInfos.data()); 397 } else { 398 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 399 SourceLocation(), 400 SourceLocation(), 401 NTTP->getDepth(), 402 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 403 T, 404 NTTP->isParameterPack(), 405 TInfo); 406 } 407 CanonParams.push_back(Param); 408 409 } else 410 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 411 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P))); 412 } 413 414 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP 415 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 416 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(), 417 TTP->getPosition(), 418 TTP->isParameterPack(), 419 0, 420 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(), 421 SourceLocation(), 422 CanonParams.data(), 423 CanonParams.size(), 424 SourceLocation())); 425 426 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 427 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 428 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); 429 (void)Canonical; 430 431 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry. 432 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP); 433 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos); 434 return CanonTTP; 435} 436 437CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) { 438 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0; 439 440 switch (T.getCXXABI()) { 441 case CXXABI_ARM: 442 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this); 443 case CXXABI_Itanium: 444 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this); 445 case CXXABI_Microsoft: 446 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this); 447 } 448 llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXXABI type!"); 449} 450 451static const LangAS::Map *getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T, 452 const LangOptions &LOpts) { 453 if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) { 454 // The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each 455 // language-specific address space. 456 static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = { 457 1, // opencl_global 458 2, // opencl_local 459 3, // opencl_constant 460 4, // cuda_device 461 5, // cuda_constant 462 6 // cuda_shared 463 }; 464 return &FakeAddrSpaceMap; 465 } else { 466 return &T.getAddressSpaceMap(); 467 } 468} 469 470ASTContext::ASTContext(LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM, 471 const TargetInfo *t, 472 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels, 473 Builtin::Context &builtins, 474 unsigned size_reserve, 475 bool DelayInitialization) 476 : FunctionProtoTypes(this_()), 477 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 478 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 479 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks(this_()), 480 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), 481 Int128Decl(0), UInt128Decl(0), 482 BuiltinVaListDecl(0), 483 ObjCIdDecl(0), ObjCSelDecl(0), ObjCClassDecl(0), ObjCProtocolClassDecl(0), 484 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), ObjCInstanceTypeDecl(0), 485 FILEDecl(0), 486 jmp_bufDecl(0), sigjmp_bufDecl(0), ucontext_tDecl(0), 487 BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0), 488 cudaConfigureCallDecl(0), 489 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()), 490 FirstLocalImport(), LastLocalImport(), 491 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), 492 AddrSpaceMap(0), Target(t), PrintingPolicy(LOpts), 493 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels), 494 BuiltinInfo(builtins), 495 DeclarationNames(*this), 496 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0), 497 Comments(SM), CommentsLoaded(false), 498 LastSDM(0, 0), 499 UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0) 500{ 501 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve); 502 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this); 503 504 if (!DelayInitialization) { 505 assert(t && "No target supplied for ASTContext initialization"); 506 InitBuiltinTypes(*t); 507 } 508} 509 510ASTContext::~ASTContext() { 511 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects. 512 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution? 513 ReleaseDeclContextMaps(); 514 515 // Call all of the deallocation functions. 516 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I) 517 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second); 518 519 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed 520 // because they can contain DenseMaps. 521 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*, 522 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 523 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; ) 524 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 525 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 526 R->Destroy(*this); 527 528 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 529 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) { 530 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 531 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 532 R->Destroy(*this); 533 } 534 535 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(), 536 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end(); 537 A != AEnd; ++A) 538 A->second->~AttrVec(); 539} 540 541void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) { 542 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data)); 543} 544 545void 546ASTContext::setExternalSource(OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) { 547 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take()); 548} 549 550void ASTContext::PrintStats() const { 551 llvm::errs() << "\n*** AST Context Stats:\n"; 552 llvm::errs() << " " << Types.size() << " types total.\n"; 553 554 unsigned counts[] = { 555#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0, 556#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 557#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 558 0 // Extra 559 }; 560 561 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) { 562 Type *T = Types[i]; 563 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++; 564 } 565 566 unsigned Idx = 0; 567 unsigned TotalBytes = 0; 568#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \ 569 if (counts[Idx]) \ 570 llvm::errs() << " " << counts[Idx] << " " << #Name \ 571 << " types\n"; \ 572 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \ 573 ++Idx; 574#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 575#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 576 577 llvm::errs() << "Total bytes = " << TotalBytes << "\n"; 578 579 // Implicit special member functions. 580 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared << "/" 581 << NumImplicitDefaultConstructors 582 << " implicit default constructors created\n"; 583 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared << "/" 584 << NumImplicitCopyConstructors 585 << " implicit copy constructors created\n"; 586 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 587 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared << "/" 588 << NumImplicitMoveConstructors 589 << " implicit move constructors created\n"; 590 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 591 << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators 592 << " implicit copy assignment operators created\n"; 593 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 594 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 595 << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators 596 << " implicit move assignment operators created\n"; 597 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared << "/" 598 << NumImplicitDestructors 599 << " implicit destructors created\n"; 600 601 if (ExternalSource.get()) { 602 llvm::errs() << "\n"; 603 ExternalSource->PrintStats(); 604 } 605 606 BumpAlloc.PrintStats(); 607} 608 609TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getInt128Decl() const { 610 if (!Int128Decl) { 611 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Int128Ty); 612 Int128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 613 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 614 SourceLocation(), 615 SourceLocation(), 616 &Idents.get("__int128_t"), 617 TInfo); 618 } 619 620 return Int128Decl; 621} 622 623TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getUInt128Decl() const { 624 if (!UInt128Decl) { 625 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnsignedInt128Ty); 626 UInt128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 627 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 628 SourceLocation(), 629 SourceLocation(), 630 &Idents.get("__uint128_t"), 631 TInfo); 632 } 633 634 return UInt128Decl; 635} 636 637void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) { 638 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K); 639 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0)); 640 Types.push_back(Ty); 641} 642 643void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes(const TargetInfo &Target) { 644 assert((!this->Target || this->Target == &Target) && 645 "Incorrect target reinitialization"); 646 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?"); 647 648 this->Target = &Target; 649 650 ABI.reset(createCXXABI(Target)); 651 AddrSpaceMap = getAddressSpaceMap(Target, LangOpts); 652 653 // C99 6.2.5p19. 654 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void); 655 656 // C99 6.2.5p2. 657 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool); 658 // C99 6.2.5p3. 659 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned) 660 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S); 661 else 662 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U); 663 // C99 6.2.5p4. 664 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar); 665 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short); 666 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int); 667 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long); 668 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong); 669 670 // C99 6.2.5p6. 671 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar); 672 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort); 673 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt); 674 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong); 675 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong); 676 677 // C99 6.2.5p10. 678 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float); 679 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double); 680 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble); 681 682 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers. 683 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128); 684 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128); 685 686 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { // C++ 3.9.1p5 687 if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType())) 688 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S); 689 else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned. 690 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U); 691 } else // C99 692 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()); 693 694 WIntTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWIntType()); 695 696 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 697 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16); 698 else // C99 699 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()); 700 701 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 702 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32); 703 else // C99 704 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()); 705 706 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is 707 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against 708 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to 709 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent 710 // expressions. 711 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent); 712 713 // Placeholder type for functions. 714 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload); 715 716 // Placeholder type for bound members. 717 InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy, BuiltinType::BoundMember); 718 719 // Placeholder type for pseudo-objects. 720 InitBuiltinType(PseudoObjectTy, BuiltinType::PseudoObject); 721 722 // "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients. 723 InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy, BuiltinType::UnknownAny); 724 725 // Placeholder type for unbridged ARC casts. 726 InitBuiltinType(ARCUnbridgedCastTy, BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast); 727 728 // C99 6.2.5p11. 729 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy); 730 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy); 731 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy); 732 733 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'. 734 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId); 735 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass); 736 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel); 737 738 // Builtin type for __objc_yes and __objc_no 739 ObjCBuiltinBoolTy = (Target.useSignedCharForObjCBool() ? 740 SignedCharTy : BoolTy); 741 742 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType(); 743 744 // void * type 745 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy); 746 747 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7) 748 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr); 749 750 // half type (OpenCL 6.1.1.1) / ARM NEON __fp16 751 InitBuiltinType(HalfTy, BuiltinType::Half); 752 753 // Builtin type used to help define __builtin_va_list. 754 VaListTagTy = QualType(); 755} 756 757DiagnosticsEngine &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const { 758 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics(); 759} 760 761AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 762 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D]; 763 if (!Result) { 764 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec)); 765 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec; 766 } 767 768 return *Result; 769} 770 771/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration. 772void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 773 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D); 774 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) { 775 Pos->second->~AttrVec(); 776 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos); 777 } 778} 779 780MemberSpecializationInfo * 781ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) { 782 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 783 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos 784 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var); 785 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end()) 786 return 0; 787 788 return Pos->second; 789} 790 791void 792ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl, 793 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 794 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) { 795 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 796 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 797 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] && 798 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from"); 799 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] 800 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation); 801} 802 803FunctionDecl *ASTContext::getClassScopeSpecializationPattern( 804 const FunctionDecl *FD){ 805 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 806 llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 807 = ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.find(FD); 808 if (Pos == ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.end()) 809 return 0; 810 811 return Pos->second; 812} 813 814void ASTContext::setClassScopeSpecializationPattern(FunctionDecl *FD, 815 FunctionDecl *Pattern) { 816 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 817 assert(Pattern && "Class scope specialization pattern is 0"); 818 ClassScopeSpecializationPattern[FD] = Pattern; 819} 820 821NamedDecl * 822ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) { 823 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 824 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD); 825 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end()) 826 return 0; 827 828 return Pos->second; 829} 830 831void 832ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) { 833 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) || 834 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) || 835 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) && 836 "pattern decl is not a using decl"); 837 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 838 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 839} 840 841UsingShadowDecl * 842ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) { 843 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos 844 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst); 845 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end()) 846 return 0; 847 848 return Pos->second; 849} 850 851void 852ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst, 853 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) { 854 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 855 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 856} 857 858FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) { 859 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos 860 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field); 861 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end()) 862 return 0; 863 864 return Pos->second; 865} 866 867void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst, 868 FieldDecl *Tmpl) { 869 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed"); 870 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed"); 871 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] && 872 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from"); 873 874 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl; 875} 876 877bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 878 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 879 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() && 880 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0); 881} 882 883bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 884 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 885 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 886 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0 && 887 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this) != 0); 888} 889 890bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 891 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 892 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 893 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) && 894 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 895} 896 897bool ASTContext::NonBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 898 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 899 return (!FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 900 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 901} 902 903bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 904 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 905 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() && 906 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 907} 908 909ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 910ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 911 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 912 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method); 913 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 914 return 0; 915 916 return Pos->second.begin(); 917} 918 919ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 920ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 921 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 922 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method); 923 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 924 return 0; 925 926 return Pos->second.end(); 927} 928 929unsigned 930ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 931 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 932 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method); 933 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 934 return 0; 935 936 return Pos->second.size(); 937} 938 939void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method, 940 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) { 941 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden); 942} 943 944void ASTContext::addedLocalImportDecl(ImportDecl *Import) { 945 assert(!Import->NextLocalImport && "Import declaration already in the chain"); 946 assert(!Import->isFromASTFile() && "Non-local import declaration"); 947 if (!FirstLocalImport) { 948 FirstLocalImport = Import; 949 LastLocalImport = Import; 950 return; 951 } 952 953 LastLocalImport->NextLocalImport = Import; 954 LastLocalImport = Import; 955} 956 957//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 958// Type Sizing and Analysis 959//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 960 961/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified 962/// scalar floating point type. 963const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const { 964 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 965 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!"); 966 switch (BT->getKind()) { 967 default: llvm_unreachable("Not a floating point type!"); 968 case BuiltinType::Half: return Target->getHalfFormat(); 969 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target->getFloatFormat(); 970 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target->getDoubleFormat(); 971 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target->getLongDoubleFormat(); 972 } 973} 974 975/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the 976/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so 977/// this method will assert on them. 978/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type 979/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen). 980CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) const { 981 unsigned Align = Target->getCharWidth(); 982 983 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false; 984 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) { 985 Align = AlignFromAttr; 986 987 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment 988 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases 989 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified. 990 // 991 // It is an error for alignas to decrease alignment, so we can 992 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it. 993 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) { 994 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 995 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 996 } else { 997 UseAlignAttrOnly = true; 998 } 999 } 1000 else if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) 1001 UseAlignAttrOnly = 1002 D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 1003 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 1004 1005 // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything 1006 // else about the declaration and its type. 1007 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) { 1008 // do nothing 1009 1010 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 1011 QualType T = VD->getType(); 1012 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 1013 if (RefAsPointee) 1014 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 1015 else 1016 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType()); 1017 } 1018 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) { 1019 // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the 1020 // large-array alignment on the target. 1021 unsigned MinWidth = Target->getLargeArrayMinWidth(); 1022 const ArrayType *arrayType; 1023 if (MinWidth && (arrayType = getAsArrayType(T))) { 1024 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType)) 1025 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 1026 else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) && 1027 MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType))) 1028 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 1029 1030 // Walk through any array types while we're at it. 1031 T = getBaseElementType(arrayType); 1032 } 1033 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr())); 1034 } 1035 1036 // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if 1037 // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a 1038 // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate 1039 // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then 1040 // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type. 1041 if (const FieldDecl *field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) { 1042 // So calculate the alignment of the field. 1043 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(field->getParent()); 1044 1045 // Start with the record's overall alignment. 1046 unsigned fieldAlign = toBits(layout.getAlignment()); 1047 1048 // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record. 1049 uint64_t offset = layout.getFieldOffset(field->getFieldIndex()); 1050 if (offset > 0) { 1051 // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2, 1052 // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's. 1053 uint64_t lowBitOfOffset = offset & (~offset + 1); 1054 if (lowBitOfOffset < fieldAlign) 1055 fieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(lowBitOfOffset); 1056 } 1057 1058 Align = std::min(Align, fieldAlign); 1059 } 1060 } 1061 1062 return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align); 1063} 1064 1065std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1066ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const { 1067 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T); 1068 return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.first), 1069 toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.second)); 1070} 1071 1072std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1073ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const { 1074 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr()); 1075} 1076 1077std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const { 1078 TypeInfoMap::iterator it = MemoizedTypeInfo.find(T); 1079 if (it != MemoizedTypeInfo.end()) 1080 return it->second; 1081 1082 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfoImpl(T); 1083 MemoizedTypeInfo.insert(std::make_pair(T, Info)); 1084 return Info; 1085} 1086 1087/// getTypeInfoImpl - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This 1088/// method does not work on incomplete types. 1089/// 1090/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and 1091/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this 1092/// should take a QualType, &c. 1093std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> 1094ASTContext::getTypeInfoImpl(const Type *T) const { 1095 uint64_t Width=0; 1096 unsigned Align=8; 1097 switch (T->getTypeClass()) { 1098#define TYPE(Class, Base) 1099#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 1100#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) 1101#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 1102#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 1103 llvm_unreachable("Should not see dependent types"); 1104 1105 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 1106 case Type::FunctionProto: 1107 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits 1108 Width = 0; 1109 Align = 32; 1110 break; 1111 1112 case Type::IncompleteArray: 1113 case Type::VariableArray: 1114 Width = 0; 1115 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType()); 1116 break; 1117 1118 case Type::ConstantArray: { 1119 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T); 1120 1121 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType()); 1122 uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 1123 assert((Size == 0 || EltInfo.first <= (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) && 1124 "Overflow in array type bit size evaluation"); 1125 Width = EltInfo.first*Size; 1126 Align = EltInfo.second; 1127 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1128 break; 1129 } 1130 case Type::ExtVector: 1131 case Type::Vector: { 1132 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T); 1133 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType()); 1134 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements(); 1135 Align = Width; 1136 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2. 1137 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors. 1138 if (Align & (Align-1)) { 1139 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align); 1140 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1141 } 1142 // Adjust the alignment based on the target max. 1143 uint64_t TargetVectorAlign = Target->getMaxVectorAlign(); 1144 if (TargetVectorAlign && TargetVectorAlign < Align) 1145 Align = TargetVectorAlign; 1146 break; 1147 } 1148 1149 case Type::Builtin: 1150 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 1151 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type!"); 1152 case BuiltinType::Void: 1153 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits. 1154 Width = 0; 1155 Align = 8; 1156 break; 1157 1158 case BuiltinType::Bool: 1159 Width = Target->getBoolWidth(); 1160 Align = Target->getBoolAlign(); 1161 break; 1162 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 1163 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 1164 case BuiltinType::UChar: 1165 case BuiltinType::SChar: 1166 Width = Target->getCharWidth(); 1167 Align = Target->getCharAlign(); 1168 break; 1169 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 1170 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 1171 Width = Target->getWCharWidth(); 1172 Align = Target->getWCharAlign(); 1173 break; 1174 case BuiltinType::Char16: 1175 Width = Target->getChar16Width(); 1176 Align = Target->getChar16Align(); 1177 break; 1178 case BuiltinType::Char32: 1179 Width = Target->getChar32Width(); 1180 Align = Target->getChar32Align(); 1181 break; 1182 case BuiltinType::UShort: 1183 case BuiltinType::Short: 1184 Width = Target->getShortWidth(); 1185 Align = Target->getShortAlign(); 1186 break; 1187 case BuiltinType::UInt: 1188 case BuiltinType::Int: 1189 Width = Target->getIntWidth(); 1190 Align = Target->getIntAlign(); 1191 break; 1192 case BuiltinType::ULong: 1193 case BuiltinType::Long: 1194 Width = Target->getLongWidth(); 1195 Align = Target->getLongAlign(); 1196 break; 1197 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 1198 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 1199 Width = Target->getLongLongWidth(); 1200 Align = Target->getLongLongAlign(); 1201 break; 1202 case BuiltinType::Int128: 1203 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 1204 Width = 128; 1205 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets. 1206 break; 1207 case BuiltinType::Half: 1208 Width = Target->getHalfWidth(); 1209 Align = Target->getHalfAlign(); 1210 break; 1211 case BuiltinType::Float: 1212 Width = Target->getFloatWidth(); 1213 Align = Target->getFloatAlign(); 1214 break; 1215 case BuiltinType::Double: 1216 Width = Target->getDoubleWidth(); 1217 Align = Target->getDoubleAlign(); 1218 break; 1219 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: 1220 Width = Target->getLongDoubleWidth(); 1221 Align = Target->getLongDoubleAlign(); 1222 break; 1223 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: 1224 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t) 1225 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*) 1226 break; 1227 case BuiltinType::ObjCId: 1228 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: 1229 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: 1230 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1231 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1232 break; 1233 } 1234 break; 1235 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 1236 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1237 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1238 break; 1239 case Type::BlockPointer: { 1240 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1241 cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1242 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1243 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1244 break; 1245 } 1246 case Type::LValueReference: 1247 case Type::RValueReference: { 1248 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go 1249 // the pointer route. 1250 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1251 cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1252 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1253 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1254 break; 1255 } 1256 case Type::Pointer: { 1257 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1258 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1259 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1260 break; 1261 } 1262 case Type::MemberPointer: { 1263 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T); 1264 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo = 1265 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType()); 1266 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first * ABI->getMemberPointerSize(MPT); 1267 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second; 1268 break; 1269 } 1270 case Type::Complex: { 1271 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the 1272 // size. 1273 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = 1274 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType()); 1275 Width = EltInfo.first*2; 1276 Align = EltInfo.second; 1277 break; 1278 } 1279 case Type::ObjCObject: 1280 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr()); 1281 case Type::ObjCInterface: { 1282 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T); 1283 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl()); 1284 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1285 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1286 break; 1287 } 1288 case Type::Record: 1289 case Type::Enum: { 1290 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T); 1291 1292 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) { 1293 Width = 8; 1294 Align = 8; 1295 break; 1296 } 1297 1298 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT)) 1299 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()); 1300 1301 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT); 1302 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 1303 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1304 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1305 break; 1306 } 1307 1308 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: 1309 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)-> 1310 getReplacementType().getTypePtr()); 1311 1312 case Type::Auto: { 1313 const AutoType *A = cast<AutoType>(T); 1314 assert(A->isDeduced() && "Cannot request the size of a dependent type"); 1315 return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr()); 1316 } 1317 1318 case Type::Paren: 1319 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr()); 1320 1321 case Type::Typedef: { 1322 const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl(); 1323 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1324 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 1325 // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed 1326 // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that 1327 // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation. 1328 if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment()) 1329 Align = AttrAlign; 1330 else 1331 Align = Info.second; 1332 Width = Info.first; 1333 break; 1334 } 1335 1336 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 1337 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType() 1338 .getTypePtr()); 1339 1340 case Type::TypeOf: 1341 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 1342 1343 case Type::Decltype: 1344 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType() 1345 .getTypePtr()); 1346 1347 case Type::UnaryTransform: 1348 return getTypeInfo(cast<UnaryTransformType>(T)->getUnderlyingType()); 1349 1350 case Type::Elaborated: 1351 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr()); 1352 1353 case Type::Attributed: 1354 return getTypeInfo( 1355 cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr()); 1356 1357 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: { 1358 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T && 1359 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type"); 1360 const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(T); 1361 // A type alias template specialization may refer to a typedef with the 1362 // aligned attribute on it. 1363 if (TST->isTypeAlias()) 1364 return getTypeInfo(TST->getAliasedType().getTypePtr()); 1365 else 1366 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T)); 1367 } 1368 1369 case Type::Atomic: { 1370 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1371 = getTypeInfo(cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType()); 1372 Width = Info.first; 1373 Align = Info.second; 1374 if (Width != 0 && Width <= Target->getMaxAtomicPromoteWidth() && 1375 llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width)) { 1376 // We can potentially perform lock-free atomic operations for this 1377 // type; promote the alignment appropriately. 1378 // FIXME: We could potentially promote the width here as well... 1379 // is that worthwhile? (Non-struct atomic types generally have 1380 // power-of-two size anyway, but structs might not. Requires a bit 1381 // of implementation work to make sure we zero out the extra bits.) 1382 Align = static_cast<unsigned>(Width); 1383 } 1384 } 1385 1386 } 1387 1388 assert(llvm::isPowerOf2_32(Align) && "Alignment must be power of 2"); 1389 return std::make_pair(Width, Align); 1390} 1391 1392/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters. 1393CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const { 1394 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth()); 1395} 1396 1397/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters. 1398int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const { 1399 return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth(); 1400} 1401 1402/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters. 1403/// This method does not work on incomplete types. 1404CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 1405 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T)); 1406} 1407CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const { 1408 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T)); 1409} 1410 1411/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in 1412/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types. 1413CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const { 1414 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1415} 1416CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const { 1417 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1418} 1419 1420/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified 1421/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI 1422/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign 1423/// a data type. 1424unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const { 1425 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T); 1426 1427 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible. 1428 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 1429 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 1430 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) || 1431 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) || 1432 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong)) 1433 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T)); 1434 1435 return ABIAlign; 1436} 1437 1438/// DeepCollectObjCIvars - 1439/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in 1440/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for 1441/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class 1442/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known. 1443/// 1444void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 1445 bool leafClass, 1446 SmallVectorImpl<const ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const { 1447 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass()) 1448 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars); 1449 if (!leafClass) { 1450 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(), 1451 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) 1452 Ivars.push_back(*I); 1453 } else { 1454 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI); 1455 for (const ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv; 1456 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar()) 1457 Ivars.push_back(Iv); 1458 } 1459} 1460 1461/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and 1462/// those inherited by it. 1463void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl, 1464 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) { 1465 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) { 1466 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of 1467 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories. 1468 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(), 1469 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1470 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1471 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1472 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1473 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1474 Protocols.insert((*P)->getCanonicalDecl()); 1475 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1476 } 1477 } 1478 1479 // Categories of this Interface. 1480 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDeclChain = OI->getCategoryList(); 1481 CDeclChain; CDeclChain = CDeclChain->getNextClassCategory()) 1482 CollectInheritedProtocols(CDeclChain, Protocols); 1483 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass()) 1484 while (SD) { 1485 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols); 1486 SD = SD->getSuperClass(); 1487 } 1488 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) { 1489 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(), 1490 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1491 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1492 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1493 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1494 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1495 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1496 } 1497 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) { 1498 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(), 1499 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1500 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1501 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1502 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1503 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1504 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1505 } 1506 } 1507} 1508 1509unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const { 1510 unsigned count = 0; 1511 // Count ivars declared in class extension. 1512 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = OI->getFirstClassExtension(); CDecl; 1513 CDecl = CDecl->getNextClassExtension()) 1514 count += CDecl->ivar_size(); 1515 1516 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This 1517 // includes synthesized ivars. 1518 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation()) 1519 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size(); 1520 1521 return count; 1522} 1523 1524bool ASTContext::isSentinelNullExpr(const Expr *E) { 1525 if (!E) 1526 return false; 1527 1528 // nullptr_t is always treated as null. 1529 if (E->getType()->isNullPtrType()) return true; 1530 1531 if (E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() && 1532 E->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(*this, 1533 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) 1534 return true; 1535 1536 // Unfortunately, __null has type 'int'. 1537 if (isa<GNUNullExpr>(E)) return true; 1538 1539 return false; 1540} 1541 1542/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists. 1543ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) { 1544 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1545 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1546 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1547 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second); 1548 return 0; 1549} 1550/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists. 1551ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) { 1552 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1553 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1554 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1555 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second); 1556 return 0; 1557} 1558 1559/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl. 1560void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD, 1561 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) { 1562 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1563 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD; 1564} 1565/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl. 1566void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD, 1567 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) { 1568 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1569 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD; 1570} 1571 1572ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjContainingInterface(NamedDecl *ND) const { 1573 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1574 return ID; 1575 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1576 return CD->getClassInterface(); 1577 if (ObjCImplDecl *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1578 return IMD->getClassInterface(); 1579 1580 return 0; 1581} 1582 1583/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if 1584/// none exists. 1585Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) { 1586 assert(VD && "Passed null params"); 1587 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1588 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1589 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator 1590 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD); 1591 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0; 1592} 1593 1594/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl. 1595void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) { 1596 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params"); 1597 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1598 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1599 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init; 1600} 1601 1602TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1603 unsigned DataSize) const { 1604 if (!DataSize) 1605 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T); 1606 else 1607 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) && 1608 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!"); 1609 1610 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 1611 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8); 1612 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T); 1613 return TInfo; 1614} 1615 1616TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1617 SourceLocation L) const { 1618 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T); 1619 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L); 1620 return DI; 1621} 1622 1623const ASTRecordLayout & 1624ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const { 1625 return getObjCLayout(D, 0); 1626} 1627 1628const ASTRecordLayout & 1629ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout( 1630 const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const { 1631 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D); 1632} 1633 1634//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1635// Type creation/memoization methods 1636//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1637 1638QualType 1639ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const { 1640 unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers(); 1641 quals.removeFastQualifiers(); 1642 1643 // Check if we've already instantiated this type. 1644 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1645 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals); 1646 void *insertPos = 0; 1647 if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) { 1648 assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals); 1649 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 1650 } 1651 1652 // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type. 1653 QualType canon; 1654 if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 1655 SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split(); 1656 canonSplit.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(quals); 1657 canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.Ty, canonSplit.Quals); 1658 1659 // Re-find the insert position. 1660 (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 1661 } 1662 1663 ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals); 1664 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos); 1665 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 1666} 1667 1668QualType 1669ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const { 1670 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 1671 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace) 1672 return T; 1673 1674 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 1675 // into one ExtQuals node. 1676 QualifierCollector Quals; 1677 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 1678 1679 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get 1680 // another one. 1681 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() && 1682 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!"); 1683 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace); 1684 1685 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 1686} 1687 1688QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T, 1689 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const { 1690 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 1691 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr) 1692 return T; 1693 1694 if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { 1695 QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType(); 1696 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) { 1697 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr); 1698 return getPointerType(ResultType); 1699 } 1700 } 1701 1702 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 1703 // into one ExtQuals node. 1704 QualifierCollector Quals; 1705 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 1706 1707 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get 1708 // another one. 1709 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() && 1710 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!"); 1711 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr); 1712 1713 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 1714} 1715 1716const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T, 1717 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) { 1718 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info) 1719 return T; 1720 1721 QualType Result; 1722 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) { 1723 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), Info); 1724 } else { 1725 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T); 1726 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 1727 EPI.ExtInfo = Info; 1728 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->arg_type_begin(), 1729 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 1730 } 1731 1732 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr()); 1733} 1734 1735/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex 1736/// number with the specified element type. 1737QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const { 1738 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1739 // structure. 1740 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1741 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T); 1742 1743 void *InsertPos = 0; 1744 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1745 return QualType(CT, 0); 1746 1747 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 1748 // so fill in the canonical type field. 1749 QualType Canonical; 1750 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 1751 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T)); 1752 1753 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1754 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1755 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1756 } 1757 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical); 1758 Types.push_back(New); 1759 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1760 return QualType(New, 0); 1761} 1762 1763/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to 1764/// the specified type. 1765QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const { 1766 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1767 // structure. 1768 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1769 PointerType::Profile(ID, T); 1770 1771 void *InsertPos = 0; 1772 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1773 return QualType(PT, 0); 1774 1775 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 1776 // so fill in the canonical type field. 1777 QualType Canonical; 1778 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 1779 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 1780 1781 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1782 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1783 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1784 } 1785 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical); 1786 Types.push_back(New); 1787 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1788 return QualType(New, 0); 1789} 1790 1791/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for 1792/// a pointer to the specified block. 1793QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const { 1794 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only"); 1795 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular 1796 // structure. 1797 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1798 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T); 1799 1800 void *InsertPos = 0; 1801 if (BlockPointerType *PT = 1802 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1803 return QualType(PT, 0); 1804 1805 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 1806 // type either so fill in the canonical type field. 1807 QualType Canonical; 1808 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 1809 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 1810 1811 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1812 BlockPointerType *NewIP = 1813 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1814 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1815 } 1816 BlockPointerType *New 1817 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical); 1818 Types.push_back(New); 1819 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1820 return QualType(New, 0); 1821} 1822 1823/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 1824/// lvalue reference to the specified type. 1825QualType 1826ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const { 1827 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != OverloadTy && 1828 "Unresolved overloaded function type"); 1829 1830 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1831 // structure. 1832 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1833 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue); 1834 1835 void *InsertPos = 0; 1836 if (LValueReferenceType *RT = 1837 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1838 return QualType(RT, 0); 1839 1840 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 1841 1842 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 1843 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 1844 QualType Canonical; 1845 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 1846 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 1847 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 1848 1849 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1850 LValueReferenceType *NewIP = 1851 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1852 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1853 } 1854 1855 LValueReferenceType *New 1856 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical, 1857 SpelledAsLValue); 1858 Types.push_back(New); 1859 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1860 1861 return QualType(New, 0); 1862} 1863 1864/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 1865/// rvalue reference to the specified type. 1866QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const { 1867 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1868 // structure. 1869 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1870 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false); 1871 1872 void *InsertPos = 0; 1873 if (RValueReferenceType *RT = 1874 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1875 return QualType(RT, 0); 1876 1877 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 1878 1879 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 1880 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 1881 QualType Canonical; 1882 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 1883 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 1884 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 1885 1886 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1887 RValueReferenceType *NewIP = 1888 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1889 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1890 } 1891 1892 RValueReferenceType *New 1893 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical); 1894 Types.push_back(New); 1895 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1896 return QualType(New, 0); 1897} 1898 1899/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a 1900/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class. 1901QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const { 1902 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1903 // structure. 1904 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1905 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls); 1906 1907 void *InsertPos = 0; 1908 if (MemberPointerType *PT = 1909 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1910 return QualType(PT, 0); 1911 1912 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 1913 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 1914 QualType Canonical; 1915 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 1916 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls)); 1917 1918 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1919 MemberPointerType *NewIP = 1920 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1921 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1922 } 1923 MemberPointerType *New 1924 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical); 1925 Types.push_back(New); 1926 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1927 return QualType(New, 0); 1928} 1929 1930/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an 1931/// array of the specified element type. 1932QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy, 1933 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn, 1934 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 1935 unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const { 1936 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() || 1937 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) && 1938 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!"); 1939 1940 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for 1941 // the target. 1942 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn); 1943 ArySize = 1944 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target->getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(EltTy))); 1945 1946 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1947 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 1948 1949 void *InsertPos = 0; 1950 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP = 1951 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1952 return QualType(ATP, 0); 1953 1954 // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't 1955 // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 1956 QualType Canon; 1957 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 1958 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 1959 Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), ArySize, 1960 ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 1961 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 1962 1963 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1964 ConstantArrayType *NewIP = 1965 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1966 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1967 } 1968 1969 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment) 1970 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 1971 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1972 Types.push_back(New); 1973 return QualType(New, 0); 1974} 1975 1976/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be 1977/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known 1978/// sizes replaced with [*]. 1979QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const { 1980 // Vastly most common case. 1981 if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type; 1982 1983 QualType result; 1984 1985 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 1986 const Type *ty = split.Ty; 1987 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) { 1988#define TYPE(Class, Base) 1989#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 1990#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 1991#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 1992 llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?"); 1993 1994 // These types should never be variably-modified. 1995 case Type::Builtin: 1996 case Type::Complex: 1997 case Type::Vector: 1998 case Type::ExtVector: 1999 case Type::DependentSizedExtVector: 2000 case Type::ObjCObject: 2001 case Type::ObjCInterface: 2002 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 2003 case Type::Record: 2004 case Type::Enum: 2005 case Type::UnresolvedUsing: 2006 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 2007 case Type::TypeOf: 2008 case Type::Decltype: 2009 case Type::UnaryTransform: 2010 case Type::DependentName: 2011 case Type::InjectedClassName: 2012 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: 2013 case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: 2014 case Type::TemplateTypeParm: 2015 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack: 2016 case Type::Auto: 2017 case Type::PackExpansion: 2018 llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified"); 2019 2020 // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to 2021 // further decay. 2022 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 2023 case Type::FunctionProto: 2024 case Type::BlockPointer: 2025 case Type::MemberPointer: 2026 return type; 2027 2028 // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications 2029 // preserve structure except as noted by comments. 2030 // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op 2031 // optimizations available here. 2032 case Type::Pointer: 2033 result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType( 2034 cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType())); 2035 break; 2036 2037 case Type::LValueReference: { 2038 const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty); 2039 result = getLValueReferenceType( 2040 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()), 2041 lv->isSpelledAsLValue()); 2042 break; 2043 } 2044 2045 case Type::RValueReference: { 2046 const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty); 2047 result = getRValueReferenceType( 2048 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType())); 2049 break; 2050 } 2051 2052 case Type::Atomic: { 2053 const AtomicType *at = cast<AtomicType>(ty); 2054 result = getAtomicType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(at->getValueType())); 2055 break; 2056 } 2057 2058 case Type::ConstantArray: { 2059 const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty); 2060 result = getConstantArrayType( 2061 getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()), 2062 cat->getSize(), 2063 cat->getSizeModifier(), 2064 cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); 2065 break; 2066 } 2067 2068 case Type::DependentSizedArray: { 2069 const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty); 2070 result = getDependentSizedArrayType( 2071 getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()), 2072 dat->getSizeExpr(), 2073 dat->getSizeModifier(), 2074 dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2075 dat->getBracketsRange()); 2076 break; 2077 } 2078 2079 // Turn incomplete types into [*] types. 2080 case Type::IncompleteArray: { 2081 const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty); 2082 result = getVariableArrayType( 2083 getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()), 2084 /*size*/ 0, 2085 ArrayType::Normal, 2086 iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2087 SourceRange()); 2088 break; 2089 } 2090 2091 // Turn VLA types into [*] types. 2092 case Type::VariableArray: { 2093 const VariableArrayType *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty); 2094 result = getVariableArrayType( 2095 getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()), 2096 /*size*/ 0, 2097 ArrayType::Star, 2098 vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2099 vat->getBracketsRange()); 2100 break; 2101 } 2102 } 2103 2104 // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original. 2105 return getQualifiedType(result, split.Quals); 2106} 2107 2108/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a 2109/// variable array of the specified element type. 2110QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy, 2111 Expr *NumElts, 2112 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2113 unsigned IndexTypeQuals, 2114 SourceRange Brackets) const { 2115 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's 2116 // that have an expression provided for their size. 2117 QualType Canon; 2118 2119 // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type. 2120 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2121 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 2122 Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), NumElts, ASM, 2123 IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2124 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2125 } 2126 2127 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2128 VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2129 2130 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New); 2131 Types.push_back(New); 2132 return QualType(New, 0); 2133} 2134 2135/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to 2136/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element 2137/// type. 2138QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType, 2139 Expr *numElements, 2140 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2141 unsigned elementTypeQuals, 2142 SourceRange brackets) const { 2143 assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() || 2144 numElements->isValueDependent()) && 2145 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!"); 2146 2147 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number 2148 // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent 2149 // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay 2150 // because they can't be used in most locations. 2151 if (!numElements) { 2152 DependentSizedArrayType *newType 2153 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2154 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(), 2155 numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2156 brackets); 2157 Types.push_back(newType); 2158 return QualType(newType, 0); 2159 } 2160 2161 // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we 2162 // also build a canonical type. 2163 2164 SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2165 2166 void *insertPos = 0; 2167 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2168 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, 2169 QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2170 ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements); 2171 2172 // Look for an existing type with these properties. 2173 DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy = 2174 DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2175 2176 // If we don't have one, build one. 2177 if (!canonTy) { 2178 canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2179 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2180 QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2181 brackets); 2182 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos); 2183 Types.push_back(canonTy); 2184 } 2185 2186 // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array. 2187 QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0), 2188 canonElementType.Quals); 2189 2190 // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type, 2191 // then just use that as our result. 2192 if (QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0) == elementType) 2193 return canon; 2194 2195 // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling 2196 // of the element type. 2197 DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType 2198 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2199 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements, 2200 ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets); 2201 Types.push_back(sugaredType); 2202 return QualType(sugaredType, 0); 2203} 2204 2205QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType, 2206 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2207 unsigned elementTypeQuals) const { 2208 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2209 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2210 2211 void *insertPos = 0; 2212 if (IncompleteArrayType *iat = 2213 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) 2214 return QualType(iat, 0); 2215 2216 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2217 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull 2218 // qualifiers off the element type. 2219 QualType canon; 2220 2221 if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2222 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2223 canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), 2224 ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2225 canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2226 2227 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2228 IncompleteArrayType *existing = 2229 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2230 assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing; 2231 } 2232 2233 IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2234 IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2235 2236 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos); 2237 Types.push_back(newType); 2238 return QualType(newType, 0); 2239} 2240 2241/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of 2242/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2243QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts, 2244 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const { 2245 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType()); 2246 2247 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2248 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2249 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind); 2250 2251 void *InsertPos = 0; 2252 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2253 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2254 2255 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2256 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2257 QualType Canonical; 2258 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2259 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind); 2260 2261 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2262 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2263 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2264 } 2265 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2266 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind); 2267 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2268 Types.push_back(New); 2269 return QualType(New, 0); 2270} 2271 2272/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of 2273/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2274QualType 2275ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const { 2276 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType() || vecType->isDependentType()); 2277 2278 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2279 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2280 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector, 2281 VectorType::GenericVector); 2282 void *InsertPos = 0; 2283 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2284 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2285 2286 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2287 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2288 QualType Canonical; 2289 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2290 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts); 2291 2292 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2293 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2294 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2295 } 2296 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2297 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical); 2298 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2299 Types.push_back(New); 2300 return QualType(New, 0); 2301} 2302 2303QualType 2304ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType, 2305 Expr *SizeExpr, 2306 SourceLocation AttrLoc) const { 2307 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2308 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType), 2309 SizeExpr); 2310 2311 void *InsertPos = 0; 2312 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon 2313 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2314 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New; 2315 if (Canon) { 2316 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as 2317 // the canonical type for a newly-built type. 2318 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2319 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0), 2320 SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2321 } else { 2322 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType); 2323 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) { 2324 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2325 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr, 2326 AttrLoc); 2327 2328 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck 2329 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2330 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken"); 2331 (void)CanonCheck; 2332 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2333 } else { 2334 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr, 2335 SourceLocation()); 2336 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2337 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2338 } 2339 } 2340 2341 Types.push_back(New); 2342 return QualType(New, 0); 2343} 2344 2345/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'. 2346/// 2347QualType 2348ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy, 2349 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const { 2350 const CallingConv DefaultCC = Info.getCC(); 2351 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2352 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2353 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2354 // structure. 2355 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2356 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info); 2357 2358 void *InsertPos = 0; 2359 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT = 2360 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2361 return QualType(FT, 0); 2362 2363 QualType Canonical; 2364 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() || 2365 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2366 Canonical = 2367 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), 2368 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv))); 2369 2370 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2371 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP = 2372 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2373 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2374 } 2375 2376 FunctionProtoType::ExtInfo newInfo = Info.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2377 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2378 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, newInfo); 2379 Types.push_back(New); 2380 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2381 return QualType(New, 0); 2382} 2383 2384/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument 2385/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'. 2386QualType 2387ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy, 2388 const QualType *ArgArray, unsigned NumArgs, 2389 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 2390 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2391 // structure. 2392 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2393 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, EPI, *this); 2394 2395 void *InsertPos = 0; 2396 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP = 2397 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2398 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2399 2400 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not. 2401 bool isCanonical = 2402 EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None && ResultTy.isCanonical() && 2403 !EPI.HasTrailingReturn; 2404 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i) 2405 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam()) 2406 isCanonical = false; 2407 2408 const CallingConv DefaultCC = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC(); 2409 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2410 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2411 2412 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it. 2413 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type. 2414 QualType Canonical; 2415 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2416 SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs; 2417 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 2418 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 2419 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i])); 2420 2421 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI; 2422 CanonicalEPI.HasTrailingReturn = false; 2423 CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None; 2424 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0; 2425 CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo 2426 = CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)); 2427 2428 Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), 2429 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs, 2430 CanonicalEPI); 2431 2432 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2433 FunctionProtoType *NewIP = 2434 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2435 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2436 } 2437 2438 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after 2439 // them for three variable size arrays at the end: 2440 // - parameter types 2441 // - exception types 2442 // - consumed-arguments flags 2443 // Instead of the exception types, there could be a noexcept 2444 // expression, or information used to resolve the exception 2445 // specification. 2446 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) + 2447 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType); 2448 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 2449 Size += EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType); 2450 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_ComputedNoexcept) { 2451 Size += sizeof(Expr*); 2452 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Uninstantiated) { 2453 Size += 2 * sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2454 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Unevaluated) { 2455 Size += sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2456 } 2457 if (EPI.ConsumedArguments) 2458 Size += NumArgs * sizeof(bool); 2459 2460 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 2461 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI; 2462 newEPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2463 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, Canonical, newEPI); 2464 Types.push_back(FTP); 2465 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos); 2466 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2467} 2468 2469#ifndef NDEBUG 2470static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) { 2471 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false; 2472 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D); 2473 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2474 return true; 2475 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() && 2476 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2477 return true; 2478 return false; 2479} 2480#endif 2481 2482/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the 2483/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration. 2484QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl, 2485 QualType TST) const { 2486 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl)); 2487 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) { 2488 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2489 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) { 2490 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type"); 2491 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 2492 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2493 } else { 2494 Type *newType = 2495 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST); 2496 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2497 Types.push_back(newType); 2498 } 2499 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2500} 2501 2502/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2503/// specified type declaration. 2504QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const { 2505 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param"); 2506 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case"); 2507 2508 if (const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Decl)) 2509 return getTypedefType(Typedef); 2510 2511 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) && 2512 "Template type parameter types are always available."); 2513 2514 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) { 2515 assert(!Record->getPreviousDecl() && 2516 "struct/union has previous declaration"); 2517 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record)); 2518 return getRecordType(Record); 2519 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) { 2520 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDecl() && 2521 "enum has previous declaration"); 2522 return getEnumType(Enum); 2523 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using = 2524 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) { 2525 Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using); 2526 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2527 Types.push_back(newType); 2528 } else 2529 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?"); 2530 2531 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2532} 2533 2534/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2535/// specified typedef name decl. 2536QualType 2537ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 2538 QualType Canonical) const { 2539 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2540 2541 if (Canonical.isNull()) 2542 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType()); 2543 TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2544 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical); 2545 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2546 Types.push_back(newType); 2547 return QualType(newType, 0); 2548} 2549 2550QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const { 2551 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2552 2553 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2554 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2555 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2556 2557 RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl); 2558 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2559 Types.push_back(newType); 2560 return QualType(newType, 0); 2561} 2562 2563QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const { 2564 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2565 2566 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2567 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2568 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2569 2570 EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl); 2571 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2572 Types.push_back(newType); 2573 return QualType(newType, 0); 2574} 2575 2576QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind, 2577 QualType modifiedType, 2578 QualType equivalentType) { 2579 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id; 2580 AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2581 2582 void *insertPos = 0; 2583 AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos); 2584 if (type) return QualType(type, 0); 2585 2586 QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType); 2587 type = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2588 AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2589 2590 Types.push_back(type); 2591 AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos); 2592 2593 return QualType(type, 0); 2594} 2595 2596 2597/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type. 2598QualType 2599ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 2600 QualType Replacement) const { 2601 assert(Replacement.isCanonical() 2602 && "replacement types must always be canonical"); 2603 2604 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2605 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement); 2606 void *InsertPos = 0; 2607 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm 2608 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2609 2610 if (!SubstParm) { 2611 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2612 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement); 2613 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 2614 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 2615 } 2616 2617 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2618} 2619 2620/// \brief Retrieve a 2621QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType( 2622 const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 2623 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) { 2624#ifndef NDEBUG 2625 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = ArgPack.pack_begin(), 2626 PEnd = ArgPack.pack_end(); 2627 P != PEnd; ++P) { 2628 assert(P->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type"); 2629 assert(P->getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type"); 2630 } 2631#endif 2632 2633 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2634 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack); 2635 void *InsertPos = 0; 2636 if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 2637 = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2638 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2639 2640 QualType Canon; 2641 if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 2642 Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0)); 2643 Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon), 2644 ArgPack); 2645 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2646 } 2647 2648 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 2649 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon, 2650 ArgPack); 2651 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 2652 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 2653 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2654} 2655 2656/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template 2657/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally) 2658/// name. 2659QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index, 2660 bool ParameterPack, 2661 TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const { 2662 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2663 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl); 2664 void *InsertPos = 0; 2665 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm 2666 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2667 2668 if (TypeParm) 2669 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 2670 2671 if (TTPDecl) { 2672 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 2673 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon); 2674 2675 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck 2676 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2677 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken"); 2678 (void)TypeCheck; 2679 } else 2680 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2681 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 2682 2683 Types.push_back(TypeParm); 2684 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos); 2685 2686 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 2687} 2688 2689TypeSourceInfo * 2690ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name, 2691 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2692 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 2693 QualType Underlying) const { 2694 assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2695 "No dependent template names here!"); 2696 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, Underlying); 2697 2698 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST); 2699 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL 2700 = cast<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(DI->getTypeLoc()); 2701 TL.setTemplateKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 2702 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc); 2703 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc()); 2704 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc()); 2705 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 2706 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo()); 2707 return DI; 2708} 2709 2710QualType 2711ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 2712 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 2713 QualType Underlying) const { 2714 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2715 "No dependent template names here!"); 2716 2717 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size(); 2718 2719 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec; 2720 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs); 2721 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 2722 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument()); 2723 2724 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs, 2725 Underlying); 2726} 2727 2728#ifndef NDEBUG 2729static bool hasAnyPackExpansions(const TemplateArgument *Args, 2730 unsigned NumArgs) { 2731 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 2732 if (Args[I].isPackExpansion()) 2733 return true; 2734 2735 return true; 2736} 2737#endif 2738 2739QualType 2740ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 2741 const TemplateArgument *Args, 2742 unsigned NumArgs, 2743 QualType Underlying) const { 2744 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2745 "No dependent template names here!"); 2746 // Look through qualified template names. 2747 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 2748 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 2749 2750 bool IsTypeAlias = 2751 Template.getAsTemplateDecl() && 2752 isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl()); 2753 QualType CanonType; 2754 if (!Underlying.isNull()) 2755 CanonType = getCanonicalType(Underlying); 2756 else { 2757 // We can get here with an alias template when the specialization contains 2758 // a pack expansion that does not match up with a parameter pack. 2759 assert((!IsTypeAlias || hasAnyPackExpansions(Args, NumArgs)) && 2760 "Caller must compute aliased type"); 2761 IsTypeAlias = false; 2762 CanonType = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, 2763 NumArgs); 2764 } 2765 2766 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't 2767 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that 2768 // we don't unique and don't want to lose. 2769 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 2770 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs + 2771 (IsTypeAlias? sizeof(QualType) : 0), 2772 TypeAlignment); 2773 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 2774 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs, CanonType, 2775 IsTypeAlias ? Underlying : QualType()); 2776 2777 Types.push_back(Spec); 2778 return QualType(Spec, 0); 2779} 2780 2781QualType 2782ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 2783 const TemplateArgument *Args, 2784 unsigned NumArgs) const { 2785 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2786 "No dependent template names here!"); 2787 2788 // Look through qualified template names. 2789 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 2790 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 2791 2792 // Build the canonical template specialization type. 2793 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template); 2794 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs; 2795 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 2796 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 2797 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I])); 2798 2799 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already 2800 // exists. 2801 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2802 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate, 2803 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this); 2804 2805 void *InsertPos = 0; 2806 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 2807 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2808 2809 if (!Spec) { 2810 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type. 2811 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 2812 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 2813 TypeAlignment); 2814 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate, 2815 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, 2816 QualType(), QualType()); 2817 Types.push_back(Spec); 2818 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos); 2819 } 2820 2821 assert(Spec->isDependentType() && 2822 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type"); 2823 return QualType(Spec, 0); 2824} 2825 2826QualType 2827ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 2828 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 2829 QualType NamedType) const { 2830 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2831 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType); 2832 2833 void *InsertPos = 0; 2834 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2835 if (T) 2836 return QualType(T, 0); 2837 2838 QualType Canon = NamedType; 2839 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 2840 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType); 2841 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2842 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken"); 2843 (void)CheckT; 2844 } 2845 2846 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon); 2847 Types.push_back(T); 2848 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 2849 return QualType(T, 0); 2850} 2851 2852QualType 2853ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const { 2854 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2855 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType); 2856 2857 void *InsertPos = 0; 2858 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2859 if (T) 2860 return QualType(T, 0); 2861 2862 QualType Canon = InnerType; 2863 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 2864 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType); 2865 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2866 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken"); 2867 (void)CheckT; 2868 } 2869 2870 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon); 2871 Types.push_back(T); 2872 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 2873 return QualType(T, 0); 2874} 2875 2876QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 2877 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 2878 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 2879 QualType Canon) const { 2880 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 2881 2882 if (Canon.isNull()) { 2883 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 2884 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 2885 if (Keyword == ETK_None) 2886 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 2887 2888 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) 2889 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name); 2890 } 2891 2892 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2893 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name); 2894 2895 void *InsertPos = 0; 2896 DependentNameType *T 2897 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2898 if (T) 2899 return QualType(T, 0); 2900 2901 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon); 2902 Types.push_back(T); 2903 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 2904 return QualType(T, 0); 2905} 2906 2907QualType 2908ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 2909 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 2910 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 2911 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 2912 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const { 2913 // TODO: avoid this copy 2914 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy; 2915 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I) 2916 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument()); 2917 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name, 2918 ArgCopy.size(), 2919 ArgCopy.data()); 2920} 2921 2922QualType 2923ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 2924 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 2925 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 2926 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 2927 unsigned NumArgs, 2928 const TemplateArgument *Args) const { 2929 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 2930 "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 2931 2932 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2933 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS, 2934 Name, NumArgs, Args); 2935 2936 void *InsertPos = 0; 2937 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T 2938 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2939 if (T) 2940 return QualType(T, 0); 2941 2942 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 2943 2944 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 2945 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 2946 2947 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false; 2948 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs); 2949 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) { 2950 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]); 2951 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I])) 2952 AnyNonCanonArgs = true; 2953 } 2954 2955 QualType Canon; 2956 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) { 2957 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, 2958 Name, NumArgs, 2959 CanonArgs.data()); 2960 2961 // Find the insert position again. 2962 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2963 } 2964 2965 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) + 2966 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 2967 TypeAlignment); 2968 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, 2969 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon); 2970 Types.push_back(T); 2971 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 2972 return QualType(T, 0); 2973} 2974 2975QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, 2976 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) { 2977 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2978 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions); 2979 2980 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() && 2981 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs"); 2982 void *InsertPos = 0; 2983 PackExpansionType *T 2984 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2985 if (T) 2986 return QualType(T, 0); 2987 2988 QualType Canon; 2989 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) { 2990 Canon = getCanonicalType(Pattern); 2991 // The canonical type might not contain an unexpanded parameter pack, if it 2992 // contains an alias template specialization which ignores one of its 2993 // parameters. 2994 if (Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) { 2995 Canon = getPackExpansionType(getCanonicalType(Pattern), NumExpansions); 2996 2997 // Find the insert position again, in case we inserted an element into 2998 // PackExpansionTypes and invalidated our insert position. 2999 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3000 } 3001 } 3002 3003 T = new (*this) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions); 3004 Types.push_back(T); 3005 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3006 return QualType(T, 0); 3007} 3008 3009/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols 3010/// alphabetically. 3011static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS, 3012 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) { 3013 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName(); 3014} 3015 3016static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 3017 unsigned NumProtocols) { 3018 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true; 3019 3020 if (Protocols[0]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[0]) 3021 return false; 3022 3023 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i) 3024 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]) || 3025 Protocols[i]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[i]) 3026 return false; 3027 return true; 3028} 3029 3030static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols, 3031 unsigned &NumProtocols) { 3032 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols; 3033 3034 // Sort protocols, keyed by name. 3035 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames); 3036 3037 // Canonicalize. 3038 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NumProtocols; I != N; ++I) 3039 Protocols[I] = Protocols[I]->getCanonicalDecl(); 3040 3041 // Remove duplicates. 3042 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd); 3043 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols; 3044} 3045 3046QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType, 3047 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 3048 unsigned NumProtocols) const { 3049 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols 3050 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine. 3051 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType)) 3052 return BaseType; 3053 3054 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3055 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3056 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 3057 void *InsertPos = 0; 3058 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3059 return QualType(QT, 0); 3060 3061 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and 3062 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols. 3063 QualType Canonical; 3064 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols); 3065 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) { 3066 if (!ProtocolsSorted) { 3067 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols, 3068 Protocols + NumProtocols); 3069 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols; 3070 3071 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 3072 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 3073 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 3074 } else { 3075 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 3076 Protocols, NumProtocols); 3077 } 3078 3079 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3080 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3081 } 3082 3083 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl); 3084 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *); 3085 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 3086 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T = 3087 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 3088 3089 Types.push_back(T); 3090 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3091 return QualType(T, 0); 3092} 3093 3094/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for 3095/// the given object type. 3096QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const { 3097 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3098 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT); 3099 3100 void *InsertPos = 0; 3101 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT = 3102 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3103 return QualType(QT, 0); 3104 3105 // Find the canonical object type. 3106 QualType Canonical; 3107 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) { 3108 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT)); 3109 3110 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3111 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3112 } 3113 3114 // No match. 3115 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment); 3116 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType = 3117 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT); 3118 3119 Types.push_back(QType); 3120 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos); 3121 return QualType(QType, 0); 3122} 3123 3124/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3125/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional. 3126QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl, 3127 ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevDecl) const { 3128 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) 3129 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3130 3131 if (PrevDecl) { 3132 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous decl has no TypeForDecl"); 3133 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 3134 return QualType(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3135 } 3136 3137 // Prefer the definition, if there is one. 3138 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Decl->getDefinition()) 3139 Decl = Def; 3140 3141 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment); 3142 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 3143 Decl->TypeForDecl = T; 3144 Types.push_back(T); 3145 return QualType(T, 0); 3146} 3147 3148/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique 3149/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example, 3150/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different 3151/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3152/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3153QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const { 3154 TypeOfExprType *toe; 3155 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) { 3156 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3157 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr); 3158 3159 void *InsertPos = 0; 3160 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon 3161 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3162 if (Canon) { 3163 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent 3164 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type. 3165 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, 3166 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0)); 3167 } else { 3168 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3169 Canon 3170 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr); 3171 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3172 toe = Canon; 3173 } 3174 } else { 3175 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType()); 3176 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical); 3177 } 3178 Types.push_back(toe); 3179 return QualType(toe, 0); 3180} 3181 3182/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3183/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3184/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3185/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3186/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3187QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const { 3188 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType); 3189 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical); 3190 Types.push_back(tot); 3191 return QualType(tot, 0); 3192} 3193 3194 3195/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3196/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3197/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3198/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3199/// on canonical types (which are always unique). 3200QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e, QualType UnderlyingType) const { 3201 DecltypeType *dt; 3202 3203 // C++0x [temp.type]p2: 3204 // If an expression e involves a template parameter, decltype(e) denotes a 3205 // unique dependent type. Two such decltype-specifiers refer to the same 3206 // type only if their expressions are equivalent (14.5.6.1). 3207 if (e->isInstantiationDependent()) { 3208 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3209 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e); 3210 3211 void *InsertPos = 0; 3212 DependentDecltypeType *Canon 3213 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3214 if (Canon) { 3215 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent 3216 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type. 3217 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, 3218 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0)); 3219 } else { 3220 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3221 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e); 3222 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3223 dt = Canon; 3224 } 3225 } else { 3226 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, 3227 getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3228 } 3229 Types.push_back(dt); 3230 return QualType(dt, 0); 3231} 3232 3233/// getUnaryTransformationType - We don't unique these, since the memory 3234/// savings are minimal and these are rare. 3235QualType ASTContext::getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 3236 QualType UnderlyingType, 3237 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind Kind) 3238 const { 3239 UnaryTransformType *Ty = 3240 new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, UnderlyingType, 3241 Kind, 3242 UnderlyingType->isDependentType() ? 3243 QualType() : getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3244 Types.push_back(Ty); 3245 return QualType(Ty, 0); 3246} 3247 3248/// getAutoType - We only unique auto types after they've been deduced. 3249QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType) const { 3250 void *InsertPos = 0; 3251 if (!DeducedType.isNull()) { 3252 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3253 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3254 AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType); 3255 if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3256 return QualType(AT, 0); 3257 } 3258 3259 AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType); 3260 Types.push_back(AT); 3261 if (InsertPos) 3262 AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos); 3263 return QualType(AT, 0); 3264} 3265 3266/// getAtomicType - Return the uniqued reference to the atomic type for 3267/// the given value type. 3268QualType ASTContext::getAtomicType(QualType T) const { 3269 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 3270 // structure. 3271 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3272 AtomicType::Profile(ID, T); 3273 3274 void *InsertPos = 0; 3275 if (AtomicType *AT = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3276 return QualType(AT, 0); 3277 3278 // If the atomic value type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 3279 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 3280 QualType Canonical; 3281 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 3282 Canonical = getAtomicType(getCanonicalType(T)); 3283 3284 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 3285 AtomicType *NewIP = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3286 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 3287 } 3288 AtomicType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AtomicType(T, Canonical); 3289 Types.push_back(New); 3290 AtomicTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 3291 return QualType(New, 0); 3292} 3293 3294/// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'. 3295QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const { 3296 if (AutoDeductTy.isNull()) 3297 AutoDeductTy = getAutoType(QualType()); 3298 assert(!AutoDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto' pattern"); 3299 return AutoDeductTy; 3300} 3301 3302/// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'. 3303QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const { 3304 if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull()) 3305 AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType()); 3306 assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern"); 3307 return AutoRRefDeductTy; 3308} 3309 3310/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3311/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl. 3312QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const { 3313 assert (Decl); 3314 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting 3315 // away const? mutable? 3316 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl)); 3317} 3318 3319/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result 3320/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and 3321/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>. 3322CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const { 3323 return getFromTargetType(Target->getSizeType()); 3324} 3325 3326/// getIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "intmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3327CanQualType ASTContext::getIntMaxType() const { 3328 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntMaxType()); 3329} 3330 3331/// getUIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "uintmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3332CanQualType ASTContext::getUIntMaxType() const { 3333 return getFromTargetType(Target->getUIntMaxType()); 3334} 3335 3336/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t". 3337/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3338QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const { 3339 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3340 return WCharTy; 3341} 3342 3343/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t". 3344/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3345QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const { 3346 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3347 return UnsignedIntTy; 3348} 3349 3350/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (C99 7.17) 3351/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9). 3352QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const { 3353 return getFromTargetType(Target->getPtrDiffType(0)); 3354} 3355 3356//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3357// Type Operators 3358//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3359 3360CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const { 3361 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining 3362 // qualifiers. 3363 T = getCanonicalType(T); 3364 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 3365 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr(); 3366 QualType Result; 3367 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) { 3368 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0)); 3369 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) { 3370 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0)); 3371 } else { 3372 Result = QualType(Ty, 0); 3373 } 3374 3375 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result); 3376} 3377 3378QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type, 3379 Qualifiers &quals) { 3380 SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType(); 3381 3382 // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to 3383 // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor. 3384 // We then have to strip that sugar back off with 3385 // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly. 3386 const ArrayType *AT = 3387 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.Ty->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); 3388 3389 // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType. 3390 if (!AT) { 3391 quals = splitType.Quals; 3392 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3393 } 3394 3395 // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type. 3396 QualType elementType = AT->getElementType(); 3397 QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals); 3398 3399 // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we 3400 // can just use the results in splitType. 3401 if (elementType == unqualElementType) { 3402 assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call 3403 quals = splitType.Quals; 3404 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3405 } 3406 3407 // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then 3408 // build the type back up. 3409 quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.Quals); 3410 3411 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { 3412 return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(), 3413 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3414 } 3415 3416 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) { 3417 return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3418 } 3419 3420 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) { 3421 return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType, 3422 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 3423 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 3424 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 3425 VAT->getBracketsRange()); 3426 } 3427 3428 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT); 3429 return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 3430 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0, 3431 SourceRange()); 3432} 3433 3434/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that 3435/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that 3436/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types 3437/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this 3438/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level 3439/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically 3440/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and 3441/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level. 3442bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) { 3443 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(), 3444 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>(); 3445 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) { 3446 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3447 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3448 return true; 3449 } 3450 3451 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(), 3452 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); 3453 if (T1MPType && T2MPType && 3454 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0), 3455 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) { 3456 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType(); 3457 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType(); 3458 return true; 3459 } 3460 3461 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 3462 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 3463 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 3464 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) { 3465 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType(); 3466 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType(); 3467 return true; 3468 } 3469 } 3470 3471 // FIXME: Block pointers, too? 3472 3473 return false; 3474} 3475 3476DeclarationNameInfo 3477ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name, 3478 SourceLocation NameLoc) const { 3479 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3480 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3481 case TemplateName::Template: 3482 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3483 return DeclarationNameInfo(Name.getAsTemplateDecl()->getDeclName(), 3484 NameLoc); 3485 3486 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: { 3487 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate(); 3488 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3489 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc); 3490 } 3491 3492 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3493 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3494 DeclarationName DName; 3495 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) { 3496 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier()); 3497 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc); 3498 } else { 3499 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator()); 3500 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations? 3501 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc; 3502 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3503 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3504 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc); 3505 } 3506 } 3507 3508 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3509 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3510 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3511 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameter()->getDeclName(), 3512 NameLoc); 3513 } 3514 3515 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3516 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3517 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3518 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameterPack()->getDeclName(), 3519 NameLoc); 3520 } 3521 } 3522 3523 llvm_unreachable("bad template name kind!"); 3524} 3525 3526TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const { 3527 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3528 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3529 case TemplateName::Template: { 3530 TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 3531 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP 3532 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template)) 3533 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP); 3534 3535 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration. 3536 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl())); 3537 } 3538 3539 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: 3540 llvm_unreachable("cannot canonicalize overloaded template"); 3541 3542 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3543 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3544 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls."); 3545 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName; 3546 } 3547 3548 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3549 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3550 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3551 return getCanonicalTemplateName(subst->getReplacement()); 3552 } 3553 3554 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3555 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3556 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3557 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *canonParameter 3558 = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(subst->getParameterPack()); 3559 TemplateArgument canonArgPack 3560 = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(subst->getArgumentPack()); 3561 return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(canonParameter, canonArgPack); 3562 } 3563 } 3564 3565 llvm_unreachable("bad template name!"); 3566} 3567 3568bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) { 3569 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X); 3570 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y); 3571 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer(); 3572} 3573 3574TemplateArgument 3575ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const { 3576 switch (Arg.getKind()) { 3577 case TemplateArgument::Null: 3578 return Arg; 3579 3580 case TemplateArgument::Expression: 3581 return Arg; 3582 3583 case TemplateArgument::Declaration: { 3584 if (Decl *D = Arg.getAsDecl()) 3585 return TemplateArgument(D->getCanonicalDecl()); 3586 return TemplateArgument((Decl*)0); 3587 } 3588 3589 case TemplateArgument::Template: 3590 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate())); 3591 3592 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: 3593 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName( 3594 Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()), 3595 Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions()); 3596 3597 case TemplateArgument::Integral: 3598 return TemplateArgument(Arg, getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType())); 3599 3600 case TemplateArgument::Type: 3601 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType())); 3602 3603 case TemplateArgument::Pack: { 3604 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0) 3605 return Arg; 3606 3607 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs 3608 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()]; 3609 unsigned Idx = 0; 3610 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(), 3611 AEnd = Arg.pack_end(); 3612 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx) 3613 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A); 3614 3615 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size()); 3616 } 3617 } 3618 3619 // Silence GCC warning 3620 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled template argument kind"); 3621} 3622 3623NestedNameSpecifier * 3624ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const { 3625 if (!NNS) 3626 return 0; 3627 3628 switch (NNS->getKind()) { 3629 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 3630 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same. 3631 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 3632 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()), 3633 NNS->getAsIdentifier()); 3634 3635 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 3636 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 3637 // this namespace and no prefix. 3638 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 3639 NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace()); 3640 3641 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 3642 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 3643 // this namespace and no prefix. 3644 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 3645 NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace() 3646 ->getOriginalNamespace()); 3647 3648 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 3649 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: { 3650 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0)); 3651 3652 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"), 3653 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those 3654 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize 3655 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name 3656 // types, e.g., 3657 // typedef typename T::type T1; 3658 // typedef typename T1::type T2; 3659 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>()) 3660 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, DNT->getQualifier(), 3661 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier())); 3662 3663 // Otherwise, just canonicalize the type, and force it to be a TypeSpec. 3664 // FIXME: Why are TypeSpec and TypeSpecWithTemplate distinct in the 3665 // first place? 3666 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false, 3667 const_cast<Type*>(T.getTypePtr())); 3668 } 3669 3670 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 3671 // The global specifier is canonical and unique. 3672 return NNS; 3673 } 3674 3675 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NestedNameSpecifier::Kind!"); 3676} 3677 3678 3679const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const { 3680 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently. 3681 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 3682 // Handle the common positive case fast. 3683 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T)) 3684 return AT; 3685 } 3686 3687 // Handle the common negative case fast. 3688 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType())) 3689 return 0; 3690 3691 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This 3692 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes 3693 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type." 3694 3695 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have 3696 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type 3697 // we must propagate them down into the element type. 3698 3699 SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType(); 3700 Qualifiers qs = split.Quals; 3701 3702 // If we have a simple case, just return now. 3703 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.Ty); 3704 if (ATy == 0 || qs.empty()) 3705 return ATy; 3706 3707 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the 3708 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type. 3709 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs); 3710 3711 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy)) 3712 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(), 3713 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 3714 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 3715 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy)) 3716 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, 3717 IAT->getSizeModifier(), 3718 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 3719 3720 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT 3721 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy)) 3722 return cast<ArrayType>( 3723 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy, 3724 DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 3725 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 3726 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 3727 DSAT->getBracketsRange())); 3728 3729 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy); 3730 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy, 3731 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 3732 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 3733 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 3734 VAT->getBracketsRange())); 3735} 3736 3737QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedParameterType(QualType T) const { 3738 // C99 6.7.5.3p7: 3739 // A declaration of a parameter as "array of type" shall be 3740 // adjusted to "qualified pointer to type", where the type 3741 // qualifiers (if any) are those specified within the [ and ] of 3742 // the array type derivation. 3743 if (T->isArrayType()) 3744 return getArrayDecayedType(T); 3745 3746 // C99 6.7.5.3p8: 3747 // A declaration of a parameter as "function returning type" 3748 // shall be adjusted to "pointer to function returning type", as 3749 // in 6.3.2.1. 3750 if (T->isFunctionType()) 3751 return getPointerType(T); 3752 3753 return T; 3754} 3755 3756QualType ASTContext::getSignatureParameterType(QualType T) const { 3757 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 3758 T = getAdjustedParameterType(T); 3759 return T.getUnqualifiedType(); 3760} 3761 3762/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the 3763/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when 3764/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type, 3765/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array. 3766/// 3767/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3. 3768QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const { 3769 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any 3770 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation 3771 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present 3772 // (C99 6.7.3p8). 3773 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty); 3774 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!"); 3775 3776 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType()); 3777 3778 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict 3779 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers()); 3780} 3781 3782QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const { 3783 return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType()); 3784} 3785 3786QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const { 3787 Qualifiers qs; 3788 while (true) { 3789 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 3790 const ArrayType *array = split.Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe(); 3791 if (!array) break; 3792 3793 type = array->getElementType(); 3794 qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.Quals); 3795 } 3796 3797 return getQualifiedType(type, qs); 3798} 3799 3800/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements. 3801uint64_t 3802ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const { 3803 uint64_t ElementCount = 1; 3804 do { 3805 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue(); 3806 CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(CA->getElementType()); 3807 } while (CA); 3808 return ElementCount; 3809} 3810 3811/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types. 3812/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float. 3813static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) { 3814 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 3815 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType()); 3816 3817 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 3818 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) { 3819 default: llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 3820 case BuiltinType::Half: return HalfRank; 3821 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank; 3822 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank; 3823 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank; 3824 } 3825} 3826 3827/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating 3828/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize). 3829/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type. 3830/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type. 3831QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size, 3832 QualType Domain) const { 3833 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size); 3834 if (Domain->isComplexType()) { 3835 switch (EltRank) { 3836 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Complex half is not supported"); 3837 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy; 3838 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy; 3839 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy; 3840 } 3841 } 3842 3843 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!"); 3844 switch (EltRank) { 3845 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Half ranks are not valid here"); 3846 case FloatRank: return FloatTy; 3847 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy; 3848 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy; 3849 } 3850 llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank"); 3851} 3852 3853/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating 3854/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' == 3855/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 3856/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 3857int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 3858 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS); 3859 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS); 3860 3861 if (LHSR == RHSR) 3862 return 0; 3863 if (LHSR > RHSR) 3864 return 1; 3865 return -1; 3866} 3867 3868/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This 3869/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum, 3870/// or if it is not canonicalized. 3871unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const { 3872 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized"); 3873 3874 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 3875 default: llvm_unreachable("getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer"); 3876 case BuiltinType::Bool: 3877 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3); 3878 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 3879 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 3880 case BuiltinType::SChar: 3881 case BuiltinType::UChar: 3882 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3); 3883 case BuiltinType::Short: 3884 case BuiltinType::UShort: 3885 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3); 3886 case BuiltinType::Int: 3887 case BuiltinType::UInt: 3888 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3); 3889 case BuiltinType::Long: 3890 case BuiltinType::ULong: 3891 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3); 3892 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 3893 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 3894 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3); 3895 case BuiltinType::Int128: 3896 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 3897 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3); 3898 } 3899} 3900 3901/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according 3902/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions). 3903/// 3904/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no 3905/// promotion occurs. 3906QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const { 3907 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) 3908 return QualType(); 3909 3910 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField(); 3911 if (!Field) 3912 return QualType(); 3913 3914 QualType FT = Field->getType(); 3915 3916 uint64_t BitWidth = Field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 3917 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy); 3918 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal 3919 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is. 3920 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int. 3921 if (BitWidth < IntSize) 3922 return IntTy; 3923 3924 if (BitWidth == IntSize) 3925 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 3926 3927 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act 3928 // like the base type. 3929 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here 3930 // is ridiculous. 3931 return QualType(); 3932} 3933 3934/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will 3935/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable 3936/// integer type. 3937QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const { 3938 assert(!Promotable.isNull()); 3939 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType()); 3940 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>()) 3941 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType(); 3942 3943 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Promotable->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 3944 // C++ [conv.prom]: A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t 3945 // (3.9.1) can be converted to a prvalue of the first of the following 3946 // types that can represent all the values of its underlying type: 3947 // int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or 3948 // unsigned long long int [...] 3949 // FIXME: Is there some better way to compute this? 3950 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S || 3951 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_U || 3952 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char16 || 3953 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char32) { 3954 bool FromIsSigned = BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S; 3955 uint64_t FromSize = getTypeSize(BT); 3956 QualType PromoteTypes[] = { IntTy, UnsignedIntTy, LongTy, UnsignedLongTy, 3957 LongLongTy, UnsignedLongLongTy }; 3958 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < llvm::array_lengthof(PromoteTypes); ++Idx) { 3959 uint64_t ToSize = getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]); 3960 if (FromSize < ToSize || 3961 (FromSize == ToSize && 3962 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) 3963 return PromoteTypes[Idx]; 3964 } 3965 llvm_unreachable("char type should fit into long long"); 3966 } 3967 } 3968 3969 // At this point, we should have a signed or unsigned integer type. 3970 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType()) 3971 return IntTy; 3972 uint64_t PromotableSize = getTypeSize(Promotable); 3973 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy); 3974 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize); 3975 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 3976} 3977 3978/// \brief Recurses in pointer/array types until it finds an objc retainable 3979/// type and returns its ownership. 3980Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ASTContext::getInnerObjCOwnership(QualType T) const { 3981 while (!T.isNull()) { 3982 if (T.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None) 3983 return T.getObjCLifetime(); 3984 if (T->isArrayType()) 3985 T = getBaseElementType(T); 3986 else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 3987 T = PT->getPointeeType(); 3988 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 3989 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 3990 else 3991 break; 3992 } 3993 3994 return Qualifiers::OCL_None; 3995} 3996 3997/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type: 3998/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 3999/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 4000int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 4001 const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr(); 4002 const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr(); 4003 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0; 4004 4005 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4006 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4007 4008 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC); 4009 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC); 4010 4011 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned. 4012 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0; 4013 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1; 4014 } 4015 4016 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa. 4017 if (LHSUnsigned) { 4018 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it. 4019 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank) 4020 return 1; 4021 4022 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 4023 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 4024 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 4025 return -1; 4026 } 4027 4028 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it. 4029 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank) 4030 return -1; 4031 4032 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 4033 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 4034 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 4035 return 1; 4036} 4037 4038static RecordDecl * 4039CreateRecordDecl(const ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, 4040 DeclContext *DC, IdentifierInfo *Id) { 4041 SourceLocation Loc; 4042 if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4043 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 4044 else 4045 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 4046} 4047 4048// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings. 4049QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const { 4050 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) { 4051 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = 4052 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4053 &Idents.get("NSConstantString")); 4054 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition(); 4055 4056 QualType FieldTypes[4]; 4057 4058 // const int *isa; 4059 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst()); 4060 // int flags; 4061 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy; 4062 // const char *str; 4063 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst()); 4064 // long length; 4065 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy; 4066 4067 // Create fields 4068 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4069 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl, 4070 SourceLocation(), 4071 SourceLocation(), 0, 4072 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4073 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4074 /*Mutable=*/false, 4075 ICIS_NoInit); 4076 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4077 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field); 4078 } 4079 4080 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition(); 4081 } 4082 4083 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl); 4084} 4085 4086void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) { 4087 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 4088 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType"); 4089 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl(); 4090} 4091 4092QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const { 4093 if (BlockDescriptorType) 4094 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4095 4096 RecordDecl *T; 4097 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4098 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4099 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor")); 4100 T->startDefinition(); 4101 4102 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4103 UnsignedLongTy, 4104 UnsignedLongTy, 4105 }; 4106 4107 const char *FieldNames[] = { 4108 "reserved", 4109 "Size" 4110 }; 4111 4112 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) { 4113 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4114 SourceLocation(), 4115 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4116 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4117 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4118 /*Mutable=*/false, 4119 ICIS_NoInit); 4120 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4121 T->addDecl(Field); 4122 } 4123 4124 T->completeDefinition(); 4125 4126 BlockDescriptorType = T; 4127 4128 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4129} 4130 4131QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const { 4132 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType) 4133 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4134 4135 RecordDecl *T; 4136 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4137 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4138 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose")); 4139 T->startDefinition(); 4140 4141 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4142 UnsignedLongTy, 4143 UnsignedLongTy, 4144 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 4145 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy) 4146 }; 4147 4148 const char *FieldNames[] = { 4149 "reserved", 4150 "Size", 4151 "CopyFuncPtr", 4152 "DestroyFuncPtr" 4153 }; 4154 4155 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4156 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4157 SourceLocation(), 4158 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4159 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4160 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4161 /*Mutable=*/false, 4162 ICIS_NoInit); 4163 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4164 T->addDecl(Field); 4165 } 4166 4167 T->completeDefinition(); 4168 4169 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T; 4170 4171 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4172} 4173 4174bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty) const { 4175 if (Ty->isObjCRetainableType()) 4176 return true; 4177 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4178 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 4179 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 4180 return RD->hasConstCopyConstructor(); 4181 4182 } 4183 } 4184 return false; 4185} 4186 4187QualType 4188ASTContext::BuildByRefType(StringRef DeclName, QualType Ty) const { 4189 // type = struct __Block_byref_1_X { 4190 // void *__isa; 4191 // struct __Block_byref_1_X *__forwarding; 4192 // unsigned int __flags; 4193 // unsigned int __size; 4194 // void *__copy_helper; // as needed 4195 // void *__destroy_help // as needed 4196 // int X; 4197 // } * 4198 4199 bool HasCopyAndDispose = BlockRequiresCopying(Ty); 4200 4201 // FIXME: Move up 4202 SmallString<36> Name; 4203 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__Block_byref_" << 4204 ++UniqueBlockByRefTypeID << '_' << DeclName; 4205 RecordDecl *T; 4206 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, &Idents.get(Name.str())); 4207 T->startDefinition(); 4208 QualType Int32Ty = IntTy; 4209 assert(getIntWidth(IntTy) == 32 && "non-32bit int not supported"); 4210 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4211 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 4212 getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)), 4213 Int32Ty, 4214 Int32Ty, 4215 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 4216 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 4217 Ty 4218 }; 4219 4220 StringRef FieldNames[] = { 4221 "__isa", 4222 "__forwarding", 4223 "__flags", 4224 "__size", 4225 "__copy_helper", 4226 "__destroy_helper", 4227 DeclName, 4228 }; 4229 4230 for (size_t i = 0; i < 7; ++i) { 4231 if (!HasCopyAndDispose && i >=4 && i <= 5) 4232 continue; 4233 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4234 SourceLocation(), 4235 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4236 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4237 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 4238 ICIS_NoInit); 4239 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4240 T->addDecl(Field); 4241 } 4242 4243 T->completeDefinition(); 4244 4245 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)); 4246} 4247 4248TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCInstanceTypeDecl() { 4249 if (!ObjCInstanceTypeDecl) 4250 ObjCInstanceTypeDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(*this, 4251 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 4252 SourceLocation(), 4253 SourceLocation(), 4254 &Idents.get("instancetype"), 4255 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(getObjCIdType())); 4256 return ObjCInstanceTypeDecl; 4257} 4258 4259// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL: 4260// typedef <type> BOOL; 4261static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) { 4262 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T)) 4263 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier()) 4264 return II->isStr("BOOL"); 4265 4266 return false; 4267} 4268 4269/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding 4270/// purpose. 4271CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const { 4272 if (!type->isIncompleteArrayType() && type->isIncompleteType()) 4273 return CharUnits::Zero(); 4274 4275 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type); 4276 4277 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int 4278 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 4279 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy)); 4280 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in. 4281 else if (type->isArrayType()) 4282 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4283 return sz; 4284} 4285 4286static inline 4287std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) { 4288 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity()); 4289} 4290 4291/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block 4292/// declaration. 4293std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const { 4294 std::string S; 4295 4296 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl(); 4297 QualType BlockTy = 4298 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4299 // Encode result type. 4300 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), S); 4301 // Compute size of all parameters. 4302 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4303 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4304 SourceLocation Loc; 4305 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4306 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4307 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4308 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4309 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4310 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4311 if (sz.isZero()) 4312 continue; 4313 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type"); 4314 ParmOffset += sz; 4315 } 4316 // Size of the argument frame 4317 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4318 // Block pointer and offset. 4319 S += "@?0"; 4320 4321 // Argument types. 4322 ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4323 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E = 4324 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4325 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4326 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4327 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4328 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4329 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4330 // elements. 4331 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4332 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4333 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4334 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4335 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4336 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4337 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4338 } 4339 4340 return S; 4341} 4342 4343bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl, 4344 std::string& S) { 4345 // Encode result type. 4346 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S); 4347 CharUnits ParmOffset; 4348 // Compute size of all parameters. 4349 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4350 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4351 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4352 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4353 if (sz.isZero()) 4354 continue; 4355 4356 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4357 "getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4358 ParmOffset += sz; 4359 } 4360 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4361 ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero(); 4362 4363 // Argument types. 4364 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4365 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4366 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4367 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4368 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4369 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4370 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4371 // elements. 4372 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4373 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4374 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4375 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4376 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4377 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4378 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4379 } 4380 4381 return false; 4382} 4383 4384/// getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter - Return the encoded type for a single 4385/// method parameter or return type. If Extended, include class names and 4386/// block object types. 4387void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 4388 QualType T, std::string& S, 4389 bool Extended) const { 4390 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the parameter. 4391 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(QT, S); 4392 // Encode parameter type. 4393 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, 0, 4394 true /*OutermostType*/, 4395 false /*EncodingProperty*/, 4396 false /*StructField*/, 4397 Extended /*EncodeBlockParameters*/, 4398 Extended /*EncodeClassNames*/); 4399} 4400 4401/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method 4402/// declaration. 4403bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl, 4404 std::string& S, 4405 bool Extended) const { 4406 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4407 // Encode return type. 4408 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4409 Decl->getResultType(), S, Extended); 4410 // Compute size of all parameters. 4411 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4412 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4413 SourceLocation Loc; 4414 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4415 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for 4416 // their size. 4417 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4418 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4419 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4420 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4421 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4422 if (sz.isZero()) 4423 continue; 4424 4425 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4426 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4427 ParmOffset += sz; 4428 } 4429 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4430 S += "@0:"; 4431 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize); 4432 4433 // Argument types. 4434 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4435 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4436 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4437 const ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4438 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4439 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4440 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4441 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4442 // elements. 4443 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4444 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4445 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4446 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4447 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4448 PType, S, Extended); 4449 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4450 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4451 } 4452 4453 return false; 4454} 4455 4456/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this 4457/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an 4458/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be 4459/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties. 4460/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple 4461/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The 4462/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are 4463/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types 4464/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode 4465/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration: 4466/// @code 4467/// enum PropertyAttributes { 4468/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only. 4469/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned 4470/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned 4471/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic 4472/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name 4473/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name 4474/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name 4475/// kPropertyType = 'T' // followed by old-style type encoding. 4476/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property 4477/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able 4478/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic 4479/// }; 4480/// @endcode 4481void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 4482 const Decl *Container, 4483 std::string& S) const { 4484 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s). 4485 bool Dynamic = false; 4486 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0; 4487 4488 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction. 4489 if (Container) { 4490 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID = 4491 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) { 4492 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4493 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end(); 4494 i != e; ++i) { 4495 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4496 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4497 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4498 Dynamic = true; 4499 } else { 4500 SynthesizePID = PID; 4501 } 4502 } 4503 } 4504 } else { 4505 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container); 4506 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4507 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end(); 4508 i != e; ++i) { 4509 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4510 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4511 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4512 Dynamic = true; 4513 } else { 4514 SynthesizePID = PID; 4515 } 4516 } 4517 } 4518 } 4519 } 4520 4521 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4522 S = "T"; 4523 4524 // Encode result type. 4525 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which 4526 // closely resembles encoding of ivars. 4527 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0, 4528 true /* outermost type */, 4529 true /* encoding for property */); 4530 4531 if (PD->isReadOnly()) { 4532 S += ",R"; 4533 } else { 4534 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) { 4535 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break; 4536 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break; 4537 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break; 4538 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Weak: S += ",W"; break; 4539 } 4540 } 4541 4542 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties 4543 // are "dynamic by default". 4544 if (Dynamic) 4545 S += ",D"; 4546 4547 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic) 4548 S += ",N"; 4549 4550 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) { 4551 S += ",G"; 4552 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString(); 4553 } 4554 4555 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) { 4556 S += ",S"; 4557 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString(); 4558 } 4559 4560 if (SynthesizePID) { 4561 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl(); 4562 S += ",V"; 4563 S += OID->getNameAsString(); 4564 } 4565 4566 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong 4567} 4568 4569/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding - 4570/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as 4571/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use 4572/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer! 4573/// 4574void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const { 4575 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) { 4576 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4577 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 4578 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy; 4579 else 4580 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 4581 PointeeTy = IntTy; 4582 } 4583 } 4584} 4585 4586void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S, 4587 const FieldDecl *Field) const { 4588 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are 4589 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that 4590 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the 4591 // same type. 4592 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field, 4593 true /* outermost type */); 4594} 4595 4596static char ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, QualType T) { 4597 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) { 4598 default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled builtin type kind"); 4599 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v'; 4600 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B'; 4601 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 4602 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C'; 4603 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S'; 4604 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I'; 4605 case BuiltinType::ULong: 4606 return C->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q'; 4607 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T'; 4608 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q'; 4609 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 4610 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c'; 4611 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's'; 4612 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 4613 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 4614 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i'; 4615 case BuiltinType::Long: 4616 return C->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q'; 4617 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q'; 4618 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't'; 4619 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f'; 4620 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd'; 4621 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D'; 4622 } 4623} 4624 4625static char ObjCEncodingForEnumType(const ASTContext *C, const EnumType *ET) { 4626 EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl(); 4627 4628 // The encoding of an non-fixed enum type is always 'i', regardless of size. 4629 if (!Enum->isFixed()) 4630 return 'i'; 4631 4632 // The encoding of a fixed enum type matches its fixed underlying type. 4633 return ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(C, Enum->getIntegerType()); 4634} 4635 4636static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S, 4637 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) { 4638 assert(FD->isBitField() && "not a bitfield - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl"); 4639 S += 'b'; 4640 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits. 4641 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b, 4642 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the 4643 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure: 4644 // 4645 // struct 4646 // { 4647 // int integer; 4648 // int flags:2; 4649 // }; 4650 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT 4651 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra 4652 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for 4653 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that 4654 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes... 4655 if (Ctx->getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.isGNUFamily()) { 4656 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent(); 4657 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD); 4658 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(FD->getFieldIndex())); 4659 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 4660 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(Ctx, ET); 4661 else 4662 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, T); 4663 } 4664 S += llvm::utostr(FD->getBitWidthValue(*Ctx)); 4665} 4666 4667// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string. 4668void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S, 4669 bool ExpandPointedToStructures, 4670 bool ExpandStructures, 4671 const FieldDecl *FD, 4672 bool OutermostType, 4673 bool EncodingProperty, 4674 bool StructField, 4675 bool EncodeBlockParameters, 4676 bool EncodeClassNames) const { 4677 if (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4678 if (FD && FD->isBitField()) 4679 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD); 4680 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, T); 4681 return; 4682 } 4683 4684 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 4685 S += 'j'; 4686 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false, 4687 false); 4688 return; 4689 } 4690 4691 // encoding for pointer or r3eference types. 4692 QualType PointeeTy; 4693 if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { 4694 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) { 4695 S += ':'; 4696 return; 4697 } 4698 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType(); 4699 } 4700 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 4701 PointeeTy = RT->getPointeeType(); 4702 if (!PointeeTy.isNull()) { 4703 bool isReadOnly = false; 4704 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the 4705 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of 4706 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef! 4707 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type! 4708 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) { 4709 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) { 4710 isReadOnly = true; 4711 S += 'r'; 4712 } 4713 } else if (OutermostType) { 4714 QualType P = PointeeTy; 4715 while (P->getAs<PointerType>()) 4716 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4717 if (P.isConstQualified()) { 4718 isReadOnly = true; 4719 S += 'r'; 4720 } 4721 } 4722 if (isReadOnly) { 4723 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type 4724 // combinations need to be rearranged. 4725 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn" 4726 if (StringRef(S).endswith("nr")) 4727 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn"); 4728 } 4729 4730 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) { 4731 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a 4732 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'. 4733 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) { 4734 S += '*'; 4735 return; 4736 } 4737 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 4738 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#". 4739 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) { 4740 S += '#'; 4741 return; 4742 } 4743 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@". 4744 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) { 4745 S += '@'; 4746 return; 4747 } 4748 // fall through... 4749 } 4750 S += '^'; 4751 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy); 4752 4753 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 4754 NULL); 4755 return; 4756 } 4757 4758 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4759 // Ignore type qualifiers etc. 4760 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4761 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && !StructField) { 4762 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element. 4763 S += '^'; 4764 4765 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 4766 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 4767 } else { 4768 S += '['; 4769 4770 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { 4771 if (getTypeSize(CAT->getElementType()) == 0) 4772 S += '0'; 4773 else 4774 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue()); 4775 } else { 4776 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements. 4777 assert((isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) && 4778 "Unknown array type!"); 4779 S += '0'; 4780 } 4781 4782 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 4783 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 4784 S += ']'; 4785 } 4786 return; 4787 } 4788 4789 if (T->getAs<FunctionType>()) { 4790 S += '?'; 4791 return; 4792 } 4793 4794 if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 4795 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl(); 4796 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{'; 4797 // Anonymous structures print as '?' 4798 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) { 4799 S += II->getName(); 4800 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec 4801 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) { 4802 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs(); 4803 std::string TemplateArgsStr 4804 = TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList( 4805 TemplateArgs.data(), 4806 TemplateArgs.size(), 4807 (*this).getPrintingPolicy()); 4808 4809 S += TemplateArgsStr; 4810 } 4811 } else { 4812 S += '?'; 4813 } 4814 if (ExpandStructures) { 4815 S += '='; 4816 if (!RDecl->isUnion()) { 4817 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RDecl, S, FD); 4818 } else { 4819 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 4820 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 4821 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) { 4822 if (FD) { 4823 S += '"'; 4824 S += Field->getNameAsString(); 4825 S += '"'; 4826 } 4827 4828 // Special case bit-fields. 4829 if (Field->isBitField()) { 4830 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, 4831 *Field); 4832 } else { 4833 QualType qt = Field->getType(); 4834 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 4835 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, 4836 FD, /*OutermostType*/false, 4837 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 4838 /*StructField*/true); 4839 } 4840 } 4841 } 4842 } 4843 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}'; 4844 return; 4845 } 4846 4847 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>()) { 4848 if (FD && FD->isBitField()) 4849 EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD); 4850 else 4851 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(this, ET); 4852 return; 4853 } 4854 4855 if (const BlockPointerType *BT = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { 4856 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?". 4857 if (EncodeBlockParameters) { 4858 const FunctionType *FT = BT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4859 4860 S += '<'; 4861 // Block return type 4862 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(FT->getResultType(), S, 4863 ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures, 4864 FD, 4865 false /* OutermostType */, 4866 EncodingProperty, 4867 false /* StructField */, 4868 EncodeBlockParameters, 4869 EncodeClassNames); 4870 // Block self 4871 S += "@?"; 4872 // Block parameters 4873 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) { 4874 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator I = FPT->arg_type_begin(), 4875 E = FPT->arg_type_end(); I && (I != E); ++I) { 4876 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(*I, S, 4877 ExpandPointedToStructures, 4878 ExpandStructures, 4879 FD, 4880 false /* OutermostType */, 4881 EncodingProperty, 4882 false /* StructField */, 4883 EncodeBlockParameters, 4884 EncodeClassNames); 4885 } 4886 } 4887 S += '>'; 4888 } 4889 return; 4890 } 4891 4892 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level. 4893 if (const ObjCObjectType *OT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) 4894 T = OT->getBaseType(); 4895 4896 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) { 4897 // @encode(class_name) 4898 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl(); 4899 S += '{'; 4900 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier(); 4901 S += II->getName(); 4902 S += '='; 4903 SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars; 4904 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars); 4905 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) { 4906 const FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]); 4907 if (Field->isBitField()) 4908 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field); 4909 else 4910 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD); 4911 } 4912 S += '}'; 4913 return; 4914 } 4915 4916 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { 4917 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) { 4918 S += '@'; 4919 return; 4920 } 4921 4922 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) { 4923 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'. 4924 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime 4925 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct. 4926 S += '#'; 4927 return; 4928 } 4929 4930 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 4931 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S, 4932 ExpandPointedToStructures, 4933 ExpandStructures, FD); 4934 if (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames) { 4935 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list 4936 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding. 4937 S += '"'; 4938 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 4939 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4940 S += '<'; 4941 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 4942 S += '>'; 4943 } 4944 S += '"'; 4945 } 4946 return; 4947 } 4948 4949 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType(); 4950 if (!EncodingProperty && 4951 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) { 4952 // Another historical/compatibility reason. 4953 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as 4954 // {...}; 4955 S += '^'; 4956 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, 4957 false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 4958 NULL); 4959 return; 4960 } 4961 4962 S += '@'; 4963 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && 4964 (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames)) { 4965 S += '"'; 4966 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName(); 4967 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 4968 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4969 S += '<'; 4970 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 4971 S += '>'; 4972 } 4973 S += '"'; 4974 } 4975 return; 4976 } 4977 4978 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers. 4979 // TODO: maybe there should be a mangling for these 4980 if (T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 4981 return; 4982 4983 if (T->isVectorType()) { 4984 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is 4985 // insufficient. 4986 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc. 4987 return; 4988 } 4989 4990 llvm_unreachable("@encode for type not implemented!"); 4991} 4992 4993void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RDecl, 4994 std::string &S, 4995 const FieldDecl *FD, 4996 bool includeVBases) const { 4997 assert(RDecl && "Expected non-null RecordDecl"); 4998 assert(!RDecl->isUnion() && "Should not be called for unions"); 4999 if (!RDecl->getDefinition()) 5000 return; 5001 5002 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RDecl); 5003 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *> FieldOrBaseOffsets; 5004 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RDecl); 5005 5006 if (CXXRec) { 5007 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 5008 BI = CXXRec->bases_begin(), 5009 BE = CXXRec->bases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 5010 if (!BI->isVirtual()) { 5011 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5012 if (base->isEmpty()) 5013 continue; 5014 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getBaseClassOffset(base)); 5015 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5016 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 5017 } 5018 } 5019 } 5020 5021 unsigned i = 0; 5022 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 5023 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 5024 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field, ++i) { 5025 uint64_t offs = layout.getFieldOffset(i); 5026 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5027 std::make_pair(offs, *Field)); 5028 } 5029 5030 if (CXXRec && includeVBases) { 5031 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 5032 BI = CXXRec->vbases_begin(), 5033 BE = CXXRec->vbases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 5034 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5035 if (base->isEmpty()) 5036 continue; 5037 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base)); 5038 if (FieldOrBaseOffsets.find(offs) == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end()) 5039 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(), 5040 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 5041 } 5042 } 5043 5044 CharUnits size; 5045 if (CXXRec) { 5046 size = includeVBases ? layout.getSize() : layout.getNonVirtualSize(); 5047 } else { 5048 size = layout.getSize(); 5049 } 5050 5051 uint64_t CurOffs = 0; 5052 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *>::iterator 5053 CurLayObj = FieldOrBaseOffsets.begin(); 5054 5055 if (CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass() && 5056 (CurLayObj == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() || CurLayObj->first != 0)) { 5057 if (FD) { 5058 S += "\"_vptr$"; 5059 std::string recname = CXXRec->getNameAsString(); 5060 if (recname.empty()) recname = "?"; 5061 S += recname; 5062 S += '"'; 5063 } 5064 S += "^^?"; 5065 CurOffs += getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy); 5066 } 5067 5068 if (!RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 5069 // Mark the end of the structure. 5070 uint64_t offs = toBits(size); 5071 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5072 std::make_pair(offs, (NamedDecl*)0)); 5073 } 5074 5075 for (; CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(); ++CurLayObj) { 5076 assert(CurOffs <= CurLayObj->first); 5077 5078 if (CurOffs < CurLayObj->first) { 5079 uint64_t padding = CurLayObj->first - CurOffs; 5080 // FIXME: There doesn't seem to be a way to indicate in the encoding that 5081 // packing/alignment of members is different that normal, in which case 5082 // the encoding will be out-of-sync with the real layout. 5083 // If the runtime switches to just consider the size of types without 5084 // taking into account alignment, we could make padding explicit in the 5085 // encoding (e.g. using arrays of chars). The encoding strings would be 5086 // longer then though. 5087 CurOffs += padding; 5088 } 5089 5090 NamedDecl *dcl = CurLayObj->second; 5091 if (dcl == 0) 5092 break; // reached end of structure. 5093 5094 if (CXXRecordDecl *base = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(dcl)) { 5095 // We expand the bases without their virtual bases since those are going 5096 // in the initial structure. Note that this differs from gcc which 5097 // expands virtual bases each time one is encountered in the hierarchy, 5098 // making the encoding type bigger than it really is. 5099 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(base, S, FD, /*includeVBases*/false); 5100 assert(!base->isEmpty()); 5101 CurOffs += toBits(getASTRecordLayout(base).getNonVirtualSize()); 5102 } else { 5103 FieldDecl *field = cast<FieldDecl>(dcl); 5104 if (FD) { 5105 S += '"'; 5106 S += field->getNameAsString(); 5107 S += '"'; 5108 } 5109 5110 if (field->isBitField()) { 5111 EncodeBitField(this, S, field->getType(), field); 5112 CurOffs += field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 5113 } else { 5114 QualType qt = field->getType(); 5115 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 5116 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD, 5117 /*OutermostType*/false, 5118 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 5119 /*StructField*/true); 5120 CurOffs += getTypeSize(field->getType()); 5121 } 5122 } 5123 } 5124} 5125 5126void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 5127 std::string& S) const { 5128 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In) 5129 S += 'n'; 5130 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout) 5131 S += 'N'; 5132 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out) 5133 S += 'o'; 5134 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy) 5135 S += 'O'; 5136 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref) 5137 S += 'R'; 5138 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway) 5139 S += 'V'; 5140} 5141 5142TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCIdDecl() const { 5143 if (!ObjCIdDecl) { 5144 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, 0, 0); 5145 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5146 TypeSourceInfo *IdInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5147 ObjCIdDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5148 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5149 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5150 &Idents.get("id"), IdInfo); 5151 } 5152 5153 return ObjCIdDecl; 5154} 5155 5156TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCSelDecl() const { 5157 if (!ObjCSelDecl) { 5158 QualType SelT = getPointerType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy); 5159 TypeSourceInfo *SelInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(SelT); 5160 ObjCSelDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5161 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5162 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5163 &Idents.get("SEL"), SelInfo); 5164 } 5165 return ObjCSelDecl; 5166} 5167 5168TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCClassDecl() const { 5169 if (!ObjCClassDecl) { 5170 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, 0, 0); 5171 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5172 TypeSourceInfo *ClassInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5173 ObjCClassDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5174 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5175 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5176 &Idents.get("Class"), ClassInfo); 5177 } 5178 5179 return ObjCClassDecl; 5180} 5181 5182ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjCProtocolDecl() const { 5183 if (!ObjCProtocolClassDecl) { 5184 ObjCProtocolClassDecl 5185 = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5186 SourceLocation(), 5187 &Idents.get("Protocol"), 5188 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 5189 SourceLocation(), true); 5190 } 5191 5192 return ObjCProtocolClassDecl; 5193} 5194 5195//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5196// __builtin_va_list Construction Functions 5197//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5198 5199static TypedefDecl *CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5200 // typedef char* __builtin_va_list; 5201 QualType CharPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->CharTy); 5202 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5203 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CharPtrType); 5204 5205 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5206 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5207 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5208 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5209 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5210 TInfo); 5211 return VaListTypeDecl; 5212} 5213 5214static TypedefDecl *CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5215 // typedef void* __builtin_va_list; 5216 QualType VoidPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5217 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5218 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VoidPtrType); 5219 5220 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5221 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5222 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5223 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5224 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5225 TInfo); 5226 return VaListTypeDecl; 5227} 5228 5229static TypedefDecl *CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5230 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5231 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5232 5233 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5234 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5235 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5236 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5237 5238 const size_t NumFields = 5; 5239 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5240 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5241 5242 // unsigned char gpr; 5243 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5244 FieldNames[0] = "gpr"; 5245 5246 // unsigned char fpr; 5247 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5248 FieldNames[1] = "fpr"; 5249 5250 // unsigned short reserved; 5251 FieldTypes[2] = Context->UnsignedShortTy; 5252 FieldNames[2] = "reserved"; 5253 5254 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5255 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5256 FieldNames[3] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5257 5258 // void* reg_save_area; 5259 FieldTypes[4] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5260 FieldNames[4] = "reg_save_area"; 5261 5262 // Create fields 5263 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5264 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*Context, VaListTagDecl, 5265 SourceLocation(), 5266 SourceLocation(), 5267 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5268 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5269 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5270 /*Mutable=*/false, 5271 ICIS_NoInit); 5272 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5273 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5274 } 5275 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5276 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5277 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5278 5279 // } __va_list_tag; 5280 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5281 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5282 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5283 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5284 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5285 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5286 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5287 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5288 5289 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5290 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5291 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5292 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5293 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5294 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5295 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5296 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5297 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5298 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5299 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5300 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5301 TInfo); 5302 5303 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5304} 5305 5306static TypedefDecl * 5307CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5308 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5309 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5310 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5311 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5312 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5313 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5314 5315 const size_t NumFields = 4; 5316 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5317 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5318 5319 // unsigned gp_offset; 5320 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5321 FieldNames[0] = "gp_offset"; 5322 5323 // unsigned fp_offset; 5324 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5325 FieldNames[1] = "fp_offset"; 5326 5327 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5328 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5329 FieldNames[2] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5330 5331 // void* reg_save_area; 5332 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5333 FieldNames[3] = "reg_save_area"; 5334 5335 // Create fields 5336 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5337 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5338 VaListTagDecl, 5339 SourceLocation(), 5340 SourceLocation(), 5341 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5342 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5343 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5344 /*Mutable=*/false, 5345 ICIS_NoInit); 5346 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5347 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5348 } 5349 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5350 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5351 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5352 5353 // } __va_list_tag; 5354 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5355 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5356 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5357 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5358 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5359 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5360 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5361 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5362 5363 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5364 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5365 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5366 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5367 Size, ArrayType::Normal,0); 5368 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5369 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5370 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5371 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5372 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5373 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5374 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5375 TInfo); 5376 5377 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5378} 5379 5380static TypedefDecl *CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5381 // typedef int __builtin_va_list[4]; 5382 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 4); 5383 QualType IntArrayType 5384 = Context->getConstantArrayType(Context->IntTy, 5385 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5386 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5387 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5388 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5389 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5390 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5391 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(IntArrayType)); 5392 5393 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5394} 5395 5396static TypedefDecl *CreateVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context, 5397 TargetInfo::BuiltinVaListKind Kind) { 5398 switch (Kind) { 5399 case TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList: 5400 return CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5401 case TargetInfo::VoidPtrBuiltinVaList: 5402 return CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5403 case TargetInfo::PowerABIBuiltinVaList: 5404 return CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5405 case TargetInfo::X86_64ABIBuiltinVaList: 5406 return CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5407 case TargetInfo::PNaClABIBuiltinVaList: 5408 return CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5409 } 5410 5411 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled __builtin_va_list type kind"); 5412} 5413 5414TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getBuiltinVaListDecl() const { 5415 if (!BuiltinVaListDecl) 5416 BuiltinVaListDecl = CreateVaListDecl(this, Target->getBuiltinVaListKind()); 5417 5418 return BuiltinVaListDecl; 5419} 5420 5421QualType ASTContext::getVaListTagType() const { 5422 // Force the creation of VaListTagTy by building the __builtin_va_list 5423 // declaration. 5424 if (VaListTagTy.isNull()) 5425 (void) getBuiltinVaListDecl(); 5426 5427 return VaListTagTy; 5428} 5429 5430void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) { 5431 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() && 5432 "'NSConstantString' type already set!"); 5433 5434 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 5435} 5436 5437/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty 5438/// lookup. 5439TemplateName 5440ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, 5441 UnresolvedSetIterator End) const { 5442 unsigned size = End - Begin; 5443 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!"); 5444 5445 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) + 5446 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*)); 5447 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size); 5448 5449 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage(); 5450 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) { 5451 NamedDecl *D = *I; 5452 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) || 5453 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) && 5454 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl()))); 5455 *Storage++ = D; 5456 } 5457 5458 return TemplateName(OT); 5459} 5460 5461/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified 5462/// template name such as \c std::vector. 5463TemplateName 5464ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 5465 bool TemplateKeyword, 5466 TemplateDecl *Template) const { 5467 assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name"); 5468 5469 // FIXME: Canonicalization? 5470 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5471 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 5472 5473 void *InsertPos = 0; 5474 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = 5475 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5476 if (!QTN) { 5477 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<QualifiedTemplateName>()) 5478 QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 5479 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 5480 } 5481 5482 return TemplateName(QTN); 5483} 5484 5485/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 5486/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply. 5487TemplateName 5488ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 5489 const IdentifierInfo *Name) const { 5490 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 5491 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 5492 5493 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5494 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name); 5495 5496 void *InsertPos = 0; 5497 DependentTemplateName *QTN = 5498 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5499 5500 if (QTN) 5501 return TemplateName(QTN); 5502 5503 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 5504 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 5505 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 5506 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name); 5507 } else { 5508 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name); 5509 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 5510 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon); 5511 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN = 5512 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5513 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken"); 5514 (void)CheckQTN; 5515 } 5516 5517 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 5518 return TemplateName(QTN); 5519} 5520 5521/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 5522/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+. 5523TemplateName 5524ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 5525 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const { 5526 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 5527 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 5528 5529 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5530 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator); 5531 5532 void *InsertPos = 0; 5533 DependentTemplateName *QTN 5534 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5535 5536 if (QTN) 5537 return TemplateName(QTN); 5538 5539 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 5540 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 5541 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 5542 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator); 5543 } else { 5544 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator); 5545 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 5546 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon); 5547 5548 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN 5549 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5550 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken"); 5551 (void)CheckQTN; 5552 } 5553 5554 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 5555 return TemplateName(QTN); 5556} 5557 5558TemplateName 5559ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParm(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *param, 5560 TemplateName replacement) const { 5561 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5562 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage::Profile(ID, param, replacement); 5563 5564 void *insertPos = 0; 5565 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 5566 = SubstTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 5567 5568 if (!subst) { 5569 subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage(param, replacement); 5570 SubstTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(subst, insertPos); 5571 } 5572 5573 return TemplateName(subst); 5574} 5575 5576TemplateName 5577ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5578 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const { 5579 ASTContext &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this); 5580 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5581 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack); 5582 5583 void *InsertPos = 0; 5584 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst 5585 = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5586 5587 if (!Subst) { 5588 Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Param, 5589 ArgPack.pack_size(), 5590 ArgPack.pack_begin()); 5591 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos); 5592 } 5593 5594 return TemplateName(Subst); 5595} 5596 5597/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by 5598/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type 5599/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType. 5600CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const { 5601 switch (Type) { 5602 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType(); 5603 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy; 5604 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy; 5605 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy; 5606 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy; 5607 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy; 5608 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy; 5609 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy; 5610 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy; 5611 } 5612 5613 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value"); 5614} 5615 5616//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5617// Type Predicates. 5618//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5619 5620/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's 5621/// garbage collection attribute. 5622/// 5623Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const { 5624 if (getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC) 5625 return Qualifiers::GCNone; 5626 5627 assert(getLangOpts().ObjC1); 5628 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr(); 5629 5630 // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers 5631 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared 5632 // as __strong. 5633 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) { 5634 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 5635 return Qualifiers::Strong; 5636 else if (Ty->isPointerType()) 5637 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); 5638 } else { 5639 // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a 5640 // pointer. 5641#ifndef NDEBUG 5642 QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal(); 5643 while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT)) 5644 CT = AT->getElementType(); 5645 assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType()); 5646#endif 5647 } 5648 return GCAttrs; 5649} 5650 5651//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5652// Type Compatibility Testing 5653//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5654 5655/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are 5656/// compatible. 5657static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS, 5658 const VectorType *RHS) { 5659 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified()); 5660 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() && 5661 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements(); 5662} 5663 5664bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec, 5665 QualType SecondVec) { 5666 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type"); 5667 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type"); 5668 5669 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec)) 5670 return true; 5671 5672 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the 5673 // equivalent GCC vector types. 5674 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 5675 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 5676 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() && 5677 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) && 5678 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 5679 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool && 5680 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 5681 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool) 5682 return true; 5683 5684 return false; 5685} 5686 5687//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5688// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's. 5689//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5690 5691/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the 5692/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'. 5693bool 5694ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto, 5695 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const { 5696 if (declaresSameEntity(lProto, rProto)) 5697 return true; 5698 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(), 5699 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI) 5700 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI)) 5701 return true; 5702 return false; 5703} 5704 5705/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<p,...> with id<p1,...> 5706/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false 5707/// otherwise. 5708bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) { 5709 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 5710 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false); 5711 return false; 5712} 5713 5714/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<p,...> and 5715/// Class<p1, ...>. 5716bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, 5717 QualType rhs) { 5718 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 5719 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 5720 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible"); 5721 5722 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 5723 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5724 bool match = false; 5725 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 5726 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 5727 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 5728 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 5729 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) { 5730 match = true; 5731 break; 5732 } 5733 } 5734 if (!match) 5735 return false; 5736 } 5737 return true; 5738} 5739 5740/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an 5741/// ObjCQualifiedIDType. 5742bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 5743 bool compare) { 5744 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases. 5745 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() || 5746 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType()) 5747 return true; 5748 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() || 5749 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType()) 5750 return true; 5751 5752 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 5753 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 5754 5755 if (!rhsOPT) return false; 5756 5757 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) { 5758 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*", 5759 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 5760 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 5761 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 5762 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5763 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 5764 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 5765 // through its super class and categories. 5766 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) 5767 return false; 5768 } 5769 } 5770 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'. 5771 return true; 5772 } 5773 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 5774 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 5775 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5776 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 5777 bool match = false; 5778 5779 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 5780 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 5781 // through its super class and categories. 5782 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 5783 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 5784 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 5785 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 5786 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 5787 match = true; 5788 break; 5789 } 5790 } 5791 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*", 5792 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 5793 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 5794 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 5795 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5796 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 5797 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 5798 // through its super class and categories. 5799 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) { 5800 match = true; 5801 break; 5802 } 5803 } 5804 } 5805 if (!match) 5806 return false; 5807 } 5808 5809 return true; 5810 } 5811 5812 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType(); 5813 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>"); 5814 5815 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT = 5816 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) { 5817 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 5818 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(), 5819 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5820 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 5821 bool match = false; 5822 5823 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs, 5824 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 5825 // through its super class and categories. 5826 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct 5827 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 5828 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 5829 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 5830 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 5831 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 5832 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 5833 match = true; 5834 break; 5835 } 5836 } 5837 if (!match) 5838 return false; 5839 } 5840 5841 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols 5842 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 5843 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 5844 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 5845 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols); 5846 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has 5847 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s) 5848 // assume that it is mismatch. 5849 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty()) 5850 return false; 5851 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 5852 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 5853 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 5854 bool match = false; 5855 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I); 5856 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 5857 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 5858 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 5859 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 5860 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 5861 match = true; 5862 break; 5863 } 5864 } 5865 if (!match) 5866 return false; 5867 } 5868 } 5869 return true; 5870 } 5871 return false; 5872} 5873 5874/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are 5875/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any 5876/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS. 5877/// 5878bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 5879 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) { 5880 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 5881 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 5882 5883 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true. 5884 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() || 5885 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass()) 5886 return true; 5887 5888 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId()) 5889 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 5890 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 5891 false); 5892 5893 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass()) 5894 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 5895 QualType(RHSOPT,0)); 5896 5897 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path. 5898 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface()) 5899 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS); 5900 5901 return false; 5902} 5903 5904/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written 5905/// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return 5906/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where 5907/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is 5908/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK. 5909bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 5910 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 5911 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 5912 bool BlockReturnType) { 5913 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType()) 5914 return true; 5915 5916 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) { 5917 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType(); 5918 } 5919 5920 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 5921 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 5922 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 5923 false); 5924 5925 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 5926 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 5927 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types. 5928 if (LHS != RHS) { 5929 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl())) 5930 return BlockReturnType; 5931 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl())) 5932 return !BlockReturnType; 5933 } 5934 else 5935 return true; 5936 } 5937 return false; 5938} 5939 5940/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set 5941/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects. 5942/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of 5943/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects. 5944static 5945void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context, 5946 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 5947 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 5948 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) { 5949 5950 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 5951 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 5952 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base"); 5953 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base"); 5954 5955 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet; 5956 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols(); 5957 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0) 5958 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end()); 5959 else { 5960 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 5961 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(), 5962 LHSInheritedProtocols); 5963 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 5964 LHSInheritedProtocols.end()); 5965 } 5966 5967 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols(); 5968 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) { 5969 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols = 5970 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin()); 5971 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i) 5972 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i])) 5973 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]); 5974 } else { 5975 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols; 5976 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), 5977 RHSInheritedProtocols); 5978 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 5979 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 5980 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) 5981 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I))) 5982 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I)); 5983 } 5984} 5985 5986/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if 5987/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the 5988/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a 5989/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare. 5990QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible( 5991 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr, 5992 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) { 5993 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType(); 5994 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType(); 5995 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface(); 5996 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface(); 5997 if (!LDecl || !RDecl || (declaresSameEntity(LDecl, RDecl))) 5998 return QualType(); 5999 6000 do { 6001 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl)); 6002 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) { 6003 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols; 6004 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols); 6005 6006 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0); 6007 if (!Protocols.empty()) 6008 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size()); 6009 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result); 6010 return Result; 6011 } 6012 } while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass())); 6013 6014 return QualType(); 6015} 6016 6017bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS, 6018 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) { 6019 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type"); 6020 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type"); 6021 6022 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of 6023 // the LHS. 6024 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface())) 6025 return false; 6026 6027 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not 6028 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good. 6029 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) 6030 return true; 6031 6032 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, 6033 // more detailed analysis is required. 6034 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) { 6035 // OK, if LHS is a superclass of RHS *and* 6036 // this superclass is assignment compatible with LHS. 6037 // false otherwise. 6038 bool IsSuperClass = 6039 LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()); 6040 if (IsSuperClass) { 6041 // OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types 6042 // ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols 6043 // in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj<P1> = lhs<P1,P2> is ok. 6044 // But not SuperObj<P1,P2,P3> = lhs<P1,P2>. 6045 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> SuperClassInheritedProtocols; 6046 CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols); 6047 // If super class has no protocols, it is not a match. 6048 if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty()) 6049 return false; 6050 6051 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 6052 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 6053 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 6054 bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false; 6055 ObjCProtocolDecl *LHSProto = (*LHSPI); 6056 6057 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6058 SuperClassInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6059 E = SuperClassInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6060 ObjCProtocolDecl *SuperClassProto = (*I); 6061 if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) { 6062 SuperImplementsProtocol = true; 6063 break; 6064 } 6065 } 6066 if (!SuperImplementsProtocol) 6067 return false; 6068 } 6069 return true; 6070 } 6071 return false; 6072 } 6073 6074 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 6075 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 6076 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 6077 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false; 6078 6079 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types 6080 // are incompatible. 6081 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(), 6082 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end(); 6083 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) { 6084 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) { 6085 RHSImplementsProtocol = true; 6086 break; 6087 } 6088 } 6089 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name. 6090 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol) 6091 return false; 6092 } 6093 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS. 6094 return true; 6095} 6096 6097bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6098 // get the "pointed to" types 6099 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6100 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6101 6102 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT) 6103 return false; 6104 6105 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) || 6106 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT); 6107} 6108 6109bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) { 6110 return canAssignObjCInterfaces( 6111 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6112 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()); 6113} 6114 6115/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible, 6116/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type. 6117/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the 6118/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules. 6119bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 6120 bool CompareUnqualified) { 6121 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6122 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS); 6123 6124 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull(); 6125} 6126 6127bool ASTContext::propertyTypesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6128 return typesAreCompatible(LHS, RHS); 6129} 6130 6131bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6132 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull(); 6133} 6134 6135/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member 6136/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return 6137/// QualType() 6138QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType, 6139 bool OfBlockPointer, 6140 bool Unqualified) { 6141 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) { 6142 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); 6143 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) { 6144 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(), 6145 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) { 6146 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 6147 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6148 if (!MT.isNull()) 6149 return MT; 6150 } 6151 } 6152 } 6153 6154 return QualType(); 6155} 6156 6157/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function 6158/// argument types 6159QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6160 bool OfBlockPointer, 6161 bool Unqualified) { 6162 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function 6163 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other 6164 // type is compatible with a union member 6165 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, 6166 Unqualified); 6167 if (!lmerge.isNull()) 6168 return lmerge; 6169 6170 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer, 6171 Unqualified); 6172 if (!rmerge.isNull()) 6173 return rmerge; 6174 6175 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6176} 6177 6178QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6179 bool OfBlockPointer, 6180 bool Unqualified) { 6181 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6182 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6183 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase); 6184 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase); 6185 bool allLTypes = true; 6186 bool allRTypes = true; 6187 6188 // Check return type 6189 QualType retType; 6190 if (OfBlockPointer) { 6191 QualType RHS = rbase->getResultType(); 6192 QualType LHS = lbase->getResultType(); 6193 bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified; 6194 if (!UnqualifiedResult) 6195 UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers()); 6196 retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true); 6197 } 6198 else 6199 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false, 6200 Unqualified); 6201 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6202 6203 if (Unqualified) 6204 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6205 6206 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType()); 6207 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType()); 6208 if (Unqualified) { 6209 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6210 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6211 } 6212 6213 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType) 6214 allLTypes = false; 6215 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType) 6216 allRTypes = false; 6217 6218 // FIXME: double check this 6219 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6220 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6221 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()? 6222 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo(); 6223 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo(); 6224 6225 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions 6226 if (!isSameCallConv(lbaseInfo.getCC(), rbaseInfo.getCC())) 6227 return QualType(); 6228 6229 // Regparm is part of the calling convention. 6230 if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm()) 6231 return QualType(); 6232 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm()) 6233 return QualType(); 6234 6235 if (lbaseInfo.getProducesResult() != rbaseInfo.getProducesResult()) 6236 return QualType(); 6237 6238 // functypes which return are preferred over those that do not. 6239 if (lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() && !rbaseInfo.getNoReturn()) 6240 allLTypes = false; 6241 else if (!lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() && rbaseInfo.getNoReturn()) 6242 allRTypes = false; 6243 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'. 6244 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn(); 6245 6246 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo = lbaseInfo.withNoReturn(NoReturn); 6247 6248 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes 6249 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() && 6250 "C++ shouldn't be here"); 6251 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs(); 6252 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs(); 6253 6254 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments 6255 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs) 6256 return QualType(); 6257 6258 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible 6259 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic()) 6260 return QualType(); 6261 6262 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals()) 6263 return QualType(); 6264 6265 if (LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount && 6266 !FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(rproto, lproto)) 6267 return QualType(); 6268 6269 // Check argument compatibility 6270 SmallVector<QualType, 10> types; 6271 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) { 6272 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 6273 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 6274 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype, 6275 OfBlockPointer, 6276 Unqualified); 6277 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType(); 6278 6279 if (Unqualified) 6280 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6281 6282 types.push_back(argtype); 6283 if (Unqualified) { 6284 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6285 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6286 } 6287 6288 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype)) 6289 allLTypes = false; 6290 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype)) 6291 allRTypes = false; 6292 } 6293 6294 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 6295 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 6296 6297 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo(); 6298 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 6299 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(), EPI); 6300 } 6301 6302 if (lproto) allRTypes = false; 6303 if (rproto) allLTypes = false; 6304 6305 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto; 6306 if (proto) { 6307 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here"); 6308 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType(); 6309 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that 6310 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15). 6311 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer 6312 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different 6313 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible. 6314 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs(); 6315 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) { 6316 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i); 6317 6318 // Look at the promotion type of enum types, since that is the type used 6319 // to pass enum values. 6320 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 6321 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getPromotionType(); 6322 6323 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() || 6324 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy) 6325 return QualType(); 6326 } 6327 6328 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 6329 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 6330 6331 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo(); 6332 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 6333 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(), 6334 proto->getNumArgs(), EPI); 6335 } 6336 6337 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 6338 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 6339 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo); 6340} 6341 6342QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 6343 bool OfBlockPointer, 6344 bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) { 6345 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the 6346 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression 6347 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the 6348 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and 6349 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses). 6350 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?"); 6351 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?"); 6352 6353 if (Unqualified) { 6354 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 6355 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 6356 } 6357 6358 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 6359 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 6360 6361 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 6362 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 6363 return LHS; 6364 6365 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly. 6366 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 6367 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 6368 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 6369 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type 6370 // mismatch. 6371 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 6372 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace() || 6373 LQuals.getObjCLifetime() != RQuals.getObjCLifetime()) 6374 return QualType(); 6375 6376 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 6377 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 6378 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 6379 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 6380 // qualified __strong. 6381 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 6382 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 6383 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 6384 6385 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 6386 return QualType(); 6387 6388 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 6389 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong)); 6390 } 6391 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 6392 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS); 6393 } 6394 return QualType(); 6395 } 6396 6397 // Okay, qualifiers are equal. 6398 6399 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass(); 6400 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass(); 6401 6402 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these 6403 // comparisons, just force one to the other. 6404 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 6405 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 6406 6407 // Same as above for arrays 6408 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 6409 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 6410 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 6411 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 6412 6413 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects. 6414 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 6415 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 6416 6417 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector. 6418 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector; 6419 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector; 6420 6421 // If the canonical type classes don't match. 6422 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) { 6423 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char, 6424 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type. 6425 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion 6426 // type. 6427 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6428 QualType TINT = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6429 if (!TINT.isNull() && hasSameType(TINT, RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())) 6430 return RHS; 6431 } 6432 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6433 QualType TINT = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6434 if (!TINT.isNull() && hasSameType(TINT, LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())) 6435 return LHS; 6436 } 6437 // allow block pointer type to match an 'id' type. 6438 if (OfBlockPointer && !BlockReturnType) { 6439 if (LHS->isObjCIdType() && RHS->isBlockPointerType()) 6440 return LHS; 6441 if (RHS->isObjCIdType() && LHS->isBlockPointerType()) 6442 return RHS; 6443 } 6444 6445 return QualType(); 6446 } 6447 6448 // The canonical type classes match. 6449 switch (LHSClass) { 6450#define TYPE(Class, Base) 6451#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 6452#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 6453#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 6454#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 6455#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 6456 llvm_unreachable("Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here"); 6457 6458 case Type::LValueReference: 6459 case Type::RValueReference: 6460 case Type::MemberPointer: 6461 llvm_unreachable("C++ should never be in mergeTypes"); 6462 6463 case Type::ObjCInterface: 6464 case Type::IncompleteArray: 6465 case Type::VariableArray: 6466 case Type::FunctionProto: 6467 case Type::ExtVector: 6468 llvm_unreachable("Types are eliminated above"); 6469 6470 case Type::Pointer: 6471 { 6472 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 6473 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6474 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6475 if (Unqualified) { 6476 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 6477 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 6478 } 6479 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false, 6480 Unqualified); 6481 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6482 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6483 return LHS; 6484 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6485 return RHS; 6486 return getPointerType(ResultType); 6487 } 6488 case Type::BlockPointer: 6489 { 6490 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 6491 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6492 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6493 if (Unqualified) { 6494 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 6495 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 6496 } 6497 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer, 6498 Unqualified); 6499 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6500 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6501 return LHS; 6502 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6503 return RHS; 6504 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType); 6505 } 6506 case Type::Atomic: 6507 { 6508 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 6509 QualType LHSValue = LHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 6510 QualType RHSValue = RHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 6511 if (Unqualified) { 6512 LHSValue = LHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 6513 RHSValue = RHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 6514 } 6515 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSValue, RHSValue, false, 6516 Unqualified); 6517 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6518 if (getCanonicalType(LHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6519 return LHS; 6520 if (getCanonicalType(RHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6521 return RHS; 6522 return getAtomicType(ResultType); 6523 } 6524 case Type::ConstantArray: 6525 { 6526 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS); 6527 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS); 6528 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize()) 6529 return QualType(); 6530 6531 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType(); 6532 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType(); 6533 if (Unqualified) { 6534 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 6535 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 6536 } 6537 6538 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified); 6539 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6540 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6541 return LHS; 6542 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6543 return RHS; 6544 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(), 6545 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 6546 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(), 6547 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 6548 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS); 6549 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS); 6550 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6551 return LHS; 6552 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6553 return RHS; 6554 if (LVAT) { 6555 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 6556 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type 6557 // has to be different. 6558 return LHS; 6559 } 6560 if (RVAT) { 6561 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 6562 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type 6563 // has to be different. 6564 return RHS; 6565 } 6566 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS; 6567 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS; 6568 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType, 6569 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 6570 } 6571 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 6572 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6573 case Type::Record: 6574 case Type::Enum: 6575 return QualType(); 6576 case Type::Builtin: 6577 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above. 6578 return QualType(); 6579 case Type::Complex: 6580 // Distinct complex types are incompatible. 6581 return QualType(); 6582 case Type::Vector: 6583 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector! 6584 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(), 6585 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>())) 6586 return LHS; 6587 return QualType(); 6588 case Type::ObjCObject: { 6589 // Check if the types are assignment compatible. 6590 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether 6591 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal. 6592 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 6593 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 6594 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) 6595 return LHS; 6596 6597 return QualType(); 6598 } 6599 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { 6600 if (OfBlockPointer) { 6601 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 6602 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6603 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6604 BlockReturnType)) 6605 return LHS; 6606 return QualType(); 6607 } 6608 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6609 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())) 6610 return LHS; 6611 6612 return QualType(); 6613 } 6614 } 6615 6616 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type::Class!"); 6617} 6618 6619bool ASTContext::FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs( 6620 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType, 6621 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType) { 6622 if (FromFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs() != 6623 ToFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs()) 6624 return false; 6625 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo FromEPI = 6626 FromFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 6627 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo ToEPI = 6628 ToFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 6629 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments && ToEPI.ConsumedArguments) 6630 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs(); 6631 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { 6632 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx] != 6633 ToEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx]) 6634 return false; 6635 } 6636 return true; 6637} 6638 6639/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and 6640/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function 6641/// return types. 6642QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6643 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 6644 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 6645 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 6646 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 6647 return LHS; 6648 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) { 6649 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType()) 6650 return QualType(); 6651 QualType OldReturnType = 6652 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 6653 QualType NewReturnType = 6654 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 6655 QualType ResReturnType = 6656 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType); 6657 if (ResReturnType.isNull()) 6658 return QualType(); 6659 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) { 6660 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo(); 6661 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type. 6662 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6663 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) { 6664 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 6665 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS); 6666 QualType ResultType 6667 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->arg_type_begin(), 6668 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 6669 return ResultType; 6670 } 6671 } 6672 return QualType(); 6673 } 6674 6675 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged. 6676 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 6677 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 6678 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 6679 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch. 6680 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 6681 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace()) 6682 return QualType(); 6683 6684 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 6685 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 6686 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 6687 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 6688 // qualified __strong. 6689 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 6690 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 6691 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 6692 6693 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 6694 return QualType(); 6695 6696 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong) 6697 return LHS; 6698 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong) 6699 return RHS; 6700 return QualType(); 6701 } 6702 6703 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 6704 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6705 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6706 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT); 6707 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT) 6708 return LHS; 6709 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT) 6710 return RHS; 6711 } 6712 return QualType(); 6713} 6714 6715//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6716// Integer Predicates 6717//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6718 6719unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const { 6720 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) 6721 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6722 if (T->isBooleanType()) 6723 return 1; 6724 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method 6725 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T); 6726} 6727 6728QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) { 6729 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type"); 6730 6731 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int> 6732 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>()) 6733 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()), 6734 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind()); 6735 6736 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type. 6737 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 6738 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6739 6740 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 6741 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type"); 6742 switch (BTy->getKind()) { 6743 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 6744 case BuiltinType::SChar: 6745 return UnsignedCharTy; 6746 case BuiltinType::Short: 6747 return UnsignedShortTy; 6748 case BuiltinType::Int: 6749 return UnsignedIntTy; 6750 case BuiltinType::Long: 6751 return UnsignedLongTy; 6752 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 6753 return UnsignedLongLongTy; 6754 case BuiltinType::Int128: 6755 return UnsignedInt128Ty; 6756 default: 6757 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected signed integer type"); 6758 } 6759} 6760 6761ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { } 6762 6763 6764//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6765// Builtin Type Computation 6766//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6767 6768/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the 6769/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If 6770/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic 6771/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of 6772/// a vector of "i*". 6773/// 6774/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required 6775/// to be an Integer Constant Expression. 6776static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context, 6777 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 6778 bool &RequiresICE, 6779 bool AllowTypeModifiers) { 6780 // Modifiers. 6781 int HowLong = 0; 6782 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false; 6783 RequiresICE = false; 6784 6785 // Read the prefixed modifiers first. 6786 bool Done = false; 6787 while (!Done) { 6788 switch (*Str++) { 6789 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 6790 case 'I': 6791 RequiresICE = true; 6792 break; 6793 case 'S': 6794 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 6795 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 6796 Signed = true; 6797 break; 6798 case 'U': 6799 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 6800 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 6801 Unsigned = true; 6802 break; 6803 case 'L': 6804 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier"); 6805 ++HowLong; 6806 break; 6807 } 6808 } 6809 6810 QualType Type; 6811 6812 // Read the base type. 6813 switch (*Str++) { 6814 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type letter!"); 6815 case 'v': 6816 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 6817 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!"); 6818 Type = Context.VoidTy; 6819 break; 6820 case 'f': 6821 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 6822 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!"); 6823 Type = Context.FloatTy; 6824 break; 6825 case 'd': 6826 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 6827 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!"); 6828 if (HowLong) 6829 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy; 6830 else 6831 Type = Context.DoubleTy; 6832 break; 6833 case 's': 6834 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!"); 6835 if (Unsigned) 6836 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 6837 else 6838 Type = Context.ShortTy; 6839 break; 6840 case 'i': 6841 if (HowLong == 3) 6842 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty; 6843 else if (HowLong == 2) 6844 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 6845 else if (HowLong == 1) 6846 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 6847 else 6848 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 6849 break; 6850 case 'c': 6851 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!"); 6852 if (Signed) 6853 Type = Context.SignedCharTy; 6854 else if (Unsigned) 6855 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 6856 else 6857 Type = Context.CharTy; 6858 break; 6859 case 'b': // boolean 6860 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!"); 6861 Type = Context.BoolTy; 6862 break; 6863 case 'z': // size_t. 6864 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!"); 6865 Type = Context.getSizeType(); 6866 break; 6867 case 'F': 6868 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType(); 6869 break; 6870 case 'G': 6871 Type = Context.getObjCIdType(); 6872 break; 6873 case 'H': 6874 Type = Context.getObjCSelType(); 6875 break; 6876 case 'a': 6877 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 6878 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 6879 break; 6880 case 'A': 6881 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly 6882 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two 6883 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones 6884 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is 6885 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list 6886 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86, 6887 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want 6888 // it to be a __va_list_tag*. 6889 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 6890 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 6891 if (Type->isArrayType()) 6892 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type); 6893 else 6894 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 6895 break; 6896 case 'V': { 6897 char *End; 6898 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 6899 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 6900 Str = End; 6901 6902 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, 6903 RequiresICE, false); 6904 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE"); 6905 6906 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet. 6907 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements, 6908 VectorType::GenericVector); 6909 break; 6910 } 6911 case 'E': { 6912 char *End; 6913 6914 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 6915 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 6916 6917 Str = End; 6918 6919 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 6920 false); 6921 Type = Context.getExtVectorType(ElementType, NumElements); 6922 break; 6923 } 6924 case 'X': { 6925 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 6926 false); 6927 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE"); 6928 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType); 6929 break; 6930 } 6931 case 'Y' : { 6932 Type = Context.getPointerDiffType(); 6933 break; 6934 } 6935 case 'P': 6936 Type = Context.getFILEType(); 6937 if (Type.isNull()) { 6938 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio; 6939 return QualType(); 6940 } 6941 break; 6942 case 'J': 6943 if (Signed) 6944 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType(); 6945 else 6946 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType(); 6947 6948 if (Type.isNull()) { 6949 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp; 6950 return QualType(); 6951 } 6952 break; 6953 case 'K': 6954 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'K'!"); 6955 Type = Context.getucontext_tType(); 6956 6957 if (Type.isNull()) { 6958 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext; 6959 return QualType(); 6960 } 6961 break; 6962 } 6963 6964 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it. 6965 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers; 6966 while (!Done) { 6967 switch (char c = *Str++) { 6968 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 6969 case '*': 6970 case '&': { 6971 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types 6972 // qualified with an address space. 6973 char *End; 6974 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 6975 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) { 6976 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace); 6977 Str = End; 6978 } 6979 if (c == '*') 6980 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type); 6981 else 6982 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 6983 break; 6984 } 6985 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg. 6986 case 'C': 6987 Type = Type.withConst(); 6988 break; 6989 case 'D': 6990 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type); 6991 break; 6992 case 'R': 6993 Type = Type.withRestrict(); 6994 break; 6995 } 6996 } 6997 6998 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) && 6999 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer"); 7000 7001 return Type; 7002} 7003 7004/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin. 7005QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id, 7006 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 7007 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const { 7008 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id); 7009 7010 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes; 7011 7012 bool RequiresICE = false; 7013 Error = GE_None; 7014 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, 7015 RequiresICE, true); 7016 if (Error != GE_None) 7017 return QualType(); 7018 7019 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE"); 7020 7021 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') { 7022 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true); 7023 if (Error != GE_None) 7024 return QualType(); 7025 7026 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the 7027 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return. 7028 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs) 7029 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size(); 7030 7031 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type. 7032 if (Ty->isArrayType()) 7033 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty); 7034 7035 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty); 7036 } 7037 7038 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) && 7039 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!"); 7040 7041 FunctionType::ExtInfo EI; 7042 if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true); 7043 7044 bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.'); 7045 7046 // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here, especially in C++. 7047 if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic) 7048 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI); 7049 7050 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 7051 EPI.ExtInfo = EI; 7052 EPI.Variadic = Variadic; 7053 7054 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(), EPI); 7055} 7056 7057GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 7058 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal; 7059 7060 Linkage L = FD->getLinkage(); 7061 switch (L) { 7062 case NoLinkage: 7063 case InternalLinkage: 7064 case UniqueExternalLinkage: 7065 return GVA_Internal; 7066 7067 case ExternalLinkage: 7068 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) { 7069 case TSK_Undeclared: 7070 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7071 External = GVA_StrongExternal; 7072 break; 7073 7074 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7075 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7076 7077 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7078 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7079 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7080 break; 7081 } 7082 } 7083 7084 if (!FD->isInlined()) 7085 return External; 7086 7087 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 7088 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be 7089 // externally visible. 7090 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible()) 7091 return External; 7092 7093 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible. 7094 return GVA_C99Inline; 7095 } 7096 7097 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9: 7098 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of 7099 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly 7100 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for 7101 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be 7102 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ] 7103 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 7104 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration) 7105 return GVA_C99Inline; 7106 7107 return GVA_CXXInline; 7108} 7109 7110GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) { 7111 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template 7112 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a 7113 // template. 7114 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared; 7115 if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) 7116 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind(); 7117 7118 Linkage L = VD->getLinkage(); 7119 if (L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7120 VD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage) 7121 L = UniqueExternalLinkage; 7122 7123 switch (L) { 7124 case NoLinkage: 7125 case InternalLinkage: 7126 case UniqueExternalLinkage: 7127 return GVA_Internal; 7128 7129 case ExternalLinkage: 7130 switch (TSK) { 7131 case TSK_Undeclared: 7132 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7133 return GVA_StrongExternal; 7134 7135 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7136 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated"); 7137 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation. 7138 7139 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7140 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7141 7142 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7143 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7144 } 7145 } 7146 7147 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Linkage!"); 7148} 7149 7150bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) { 7151 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 7152 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl()) 7153 return false; 7154 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) 7155 return false; 7156 7157 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves. 7158 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) 7159 return false; 7160 7161 // Aliases and used decls are required. 7162 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7163 return true; 7164 7165 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 7166 // Forward declarations aren't required. 7167 if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 7168 return FD->doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition(); 7169 7170 // Constructors and destructors are required. 7171 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) 7172 return true; 7173 7174 // The key function for a class is required. 7175 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7176 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent(); 7177 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) { 7178 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getKeyFunction(RD); 7179 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl()) 7180 return true; 7181 } 7182 } 7183 7184 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD); 7185 7186 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can 7187 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++. 7188 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++. 7189 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline || 7190 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 7191 return false; 7192 return true; 7193 } 7194 7195 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D); 7196 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var"); 7197 7198 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) 7199 return false; 7200 7201 // Structs that have non-trivial constructors or destructors are required. 7202 7203 // FIXME: Handle references. 7204 // FIXME: Be more selective about which constructors we care about. 7205 if (const RecordType *RT = VD->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7206 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) { 7207 if (RD->hasDefinition() && !(RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() && 7208 RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() && 7209 RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() && 7210 RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) 7211 return true; 7212 } 7213 } 7214 7215 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD); 7216 if (L == GVA_Internal || L == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) { 7217 if (!(VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this))) 7218 return false; 7219 } 7220 7221 return true; 7222} 7223 7224CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(bool isVariadic) { 7225 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7226 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv(isVariadic); 7227} 7228 7229CallingConv ASTContext::getCanonicalCallConv(CallingConv CC) const { 7230 if (CC == CC_C && !LangOpts.MRTD && getTargetInfo().getCXXABI() != CXXABI_Microsoft) 7231 return CC_Default; 7232 return CC; 7233} 7234 7235bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const { 7236 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7237 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD); 7238} 7239 7240MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() { 7241 switch (Target->getCXXABI()) { 7242 case CXXABI_ARM: 7243 case CXXABI_Itanium: 7244 return createItaniumMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 7245 case CXXABI_Microsoft: 7246 return createMicrosoftMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 7247 } 7248 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI"); 7249} 7250 7251CXXABI::~CXXABI() {} 7252 7253size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const { 7254 return ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize() 7255 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCLayouts) 7256 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(KeyFunctions) 7257 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCImpls) 7258 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(BlockVarCopyInits) 7259 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(DeclAttrs) 7260 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember) 7261 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingDecl) 7262 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl) 7263 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl) 7264 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(OverriddenMethods) 7265 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(Types) 7266 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(VariableArrayTypes) 7267 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ClassScopeSpecializationPattern); 7268} 7269 7270unsigned ASTContext::getLambdaManglingNumber(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator) { 7271 CXXRecordDecl *Lambda = CallOperator->getParent(); 7272 return LambdaMangleContexts[Lambda->getDeclContext()] 7273 .getManglingNumber(CallOperator); 7274} 7275 7276 7277void ASTContext::setParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D, unsigned int index) { 7278 ParamIndices[D] = index; 7279} 7280 7281unsigned ASTContext::getParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D) const { 7282 ParameterIndexTable::const_iterator I = ParamIndices.find(D); 7283 assert(I != ParamIndices.end() && 7284 "ParmIndices lacks entry set by ParmVarDecl"); 7285 return I->second; 7286} 7287